- Manuals
- Brands
- Seat
- Electric Vehicle
- Mii
- Owner's Manual
Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual PDF
In gl
s 1
S L0
12 00
3M (
01 .1
2)
M ii
I ng
l s
( 01
.1 2)
Mii Owners manual
Portada Mii.indd 3 22/02/12 15:54
Die SEAT S.A. arbeitet stndig an der Weiterentwicklung aller Typen und Modelle. Bitte haben Sie Verstndnis dafr, dass jederzeit nderungen des Lieferumfangs in Form, Ausstattung und Technik mglich sind. Aus den Angaben, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen dieser Betriebsanleitung knnen daher keine Ansprche abgeleitet werden.
Alle Texte, Abbildungen und Anweisungen dieser Anleitung befinden sich auf dem Informationsstand zum Zeitpunkt der Drucklegung. Die in dieser Anleitung enthaltenen Angaben sind bei Ausgabeschluss gltig. Irrtum bzw. Auslassungen vorbehalten.
Nachdruck, Vervielfltigung oder bersetzung, auch auszugsweise, ist ohne schriftliche Genehmigung der SEAT S.A. nicht gestattet.
Alle Rechte nach dem Gesetz ber das Urheberrecht bleiben der SEAT S.A. ausdrcklich vorbehalten. nderungen vorbehalten.
Dieses Papier wurde aus chlorfrei gebleichtem Zellstoff hergestellt.
SEAT S.A. - Nachdruck: 15.02.12
Portada Mii_interior.indd 2 22/02/12 16:13
Foreword
This Instruction Manual and its corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself with your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help preserve its value.
For safety reasons, note the information concerning accessories, modifications and parts changes.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the onboard documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the vehicle.
Table of Contents
Manual structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Vehicle diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Driver door overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Overview of the driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Overview of centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Detail of the passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Symbols on the roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Prior to a journey... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . . . 33 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated 48 Adjusting the seat position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Child seats (accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Window wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Electrical power socket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Starting, changing gears, parking . . . . . . . . . . 119 Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Braking, stopping and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . . 146
City Safety Assist function* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Hill-start aid* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Air control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning system . .158
At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Care, cleaning and maintenance . 171
In the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . 171 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Vehicle care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . . . . . . 188 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . . 196 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Accessories, replacements, repairs and modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Engine management and exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
If and when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Practical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
3Table of Contents
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Anti-puncture kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Towing and tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Description of specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
4 Table of Contents
5Manual structure
Manual structure
What you should know before reading the on-board manual
This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the ve- hicle at the time of press. Some of the equipment hereunder described will not be available until a later date, or is only available in certain markets.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the tech- nical requirements and on the market; this should is in no way be interpre- ted as dishonest advertising.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual re- fer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when oth- erwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an asterisk* is fitted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as optional extras for some versions or model years, or are only offered in certain countries.
All registered marks are indicated with . Although the copyright sym- bol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.
The section is continued on the following page.
Marks the end of a section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain information on safety. They warn you about possible dangers of accident or injury.
CAUTION Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
For the sake of the environment Texts preceded by this symbol refer to relevant points concerning environ- mental protection.
Note Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
6 Exterior views
Vehicle diagram
Exterior views
Side view
Fig. 1 Vehicle side view.
Legend for the fig. 1:
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Fuel tank plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1
2
Exterior door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Additional turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 255
Jack position points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
3
4
5
6
7Exterior views
Front view
Fig. 2 Detail of the front of the vehicle.
Legend for the fig. 2:
Mirror support with laser sensor laser for the City Safety As- sist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Windscreen
Front windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lever for releasing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 255
1
2
3
4
5
6
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 255
Front towing eye housing behind a cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Front number plate holder
7
8
9
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
8 Exterior views
Rear view
Fig. 3 Detail of the rear of the vehicle.
Legend for the fig. 3:
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Bulb for high-level brake lights
Rear window
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 255
1
2
3
4
5
6
Handle with button for opening the rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Registration plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Rear number plate holder
Sensors for the parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . . 143
7
8
9
10
9Vehicle interior
Vehicle interior
Driver door overview
Fig. 4 Overview of the controls of the driver door.
Legend for the fig. 4:
Button for operating the electric windows of the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Interior door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
"Safe" security system control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1
2
3
Turn switch for adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Exterior mirror adjustment
Heated exterior mirrors
Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
4
5
6
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
10 Vehicle interior
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7
8
Other controls
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with electric window mechanical window winders, or mechanical adjustment of the rear view mirrors page 95.
Overview of the driver side
Fig. 5 Overview of the driver side.
11Vehicle interior
Legend for the fig. 5:
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Light off or daytime driving light --
Side/dipped lights
Fog lights
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Main beam headlights
Headlight flasher
Turn signals
Cruise control system (CCS) /+ /- 146
Instrument panel:
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Windscreen wiper/ windscreen wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wipers
Intermittent wipe
Brief wipe x
Windscreen wipers
Automatic windscreen wash/wipe
Rear window wiper
Automatic rear window wash/wipe
Lever with buttons for controlling the SEAT information system - , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Horn (works only when the ignition is on)
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Steering column adjustment lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Driver front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10
11
12
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
12 Vehicle interior
Overview of centre console
Top part of the centre console
Fig. 6 Detail of the top part of the centre console.
Legend for the fig. 6:
SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Hazard warning lights switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Passenger front airbag off warning lamp PASSENGER AIR- BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Right seat heating controls or rear window heating but- ton (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 158
1
2
3
4
Radio (factory-fitted) Booklet Radio system, cover or stor- age compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Left seat heating controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Rear window heating button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Start-Stop system button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Switches for:
Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
5
6
7
8
9
13Vehicle interior
Bottom part of the centre console
Fig. 7 Detail of the bot- tom part of the centre console.
Legend for the fig. 7:
Storage compartment with drink holder in the centre console 113
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
12 volt socket or cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 115
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Button for:
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
1
2
3
4
5
6
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
14 Vehicle interior
Detail of the passenger seat
Fig. 8 Overview of the passenger side.
Legend for the fig. 8:
Position of passenger front airbag on the dash panel . . . . . . . 67
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
In the side of the dash panel: Key switch for switching off the front passenger airbag1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Handle of the storage compartment or storage compartment open1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1
2
3
4
Symbols on the roof
Symbol Meaning
Interior lights page 84.
1) According to version
15Instrument panel
Instrument panel
Control and warning lamps
The control and warning lamps are indicators of warnings, , faults or certain functions. Some control and warning lamps come on when the ig- nition is switched on, and go out when the engine starts running, or while driving.
When certain control and warning lamps are lit, an audible warning is also heard.
Symbol Meaning See
Handbrake applied.
page 128
Do not continue driving! The brake fluid level is too low or there is a fault in the brake system.
lights up: Do not continue driving! The liquid coolant level is too low, the engine liquid coolant temperature is too high or there is a fault in the liquid coolant system.
page 180
flashes: Engine coolant system faulty. page 180
Do not continue driving! Engine oil pressure too low.
page 176
lights up or flashes: Do not continue driv- ing! Fault in the steering.
page 141
On the instrument panel: Driver or passen- ger has not fastened seat belt. page 57
Instrument panel display: A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt.
Symbol Meaning See
A passenger in the rear seats has not fas- tened their seat belt.
page 57
Faulty generator. page 184
Vehicles with the Start-Stop system: it is necessary to start the engine manually.
page 154
flashes in addition to the rest of the seg- ments of the fuel gauge: Fuel tank almost empty.
page 165
flashes quickly: The City Safety Assist sys- tem* function brakes automatically or has braked automatically. Or: flashes slowly: City Safety Assist function is not currently available.
page 149
The City Safety Assist* function has been connected manually. It switches off after 5 seconds.
flashes: The City Safety Assist* function has been manually disconnected.
after the ignition is switched on: Indication for the approach of the end of the period for an inspection to be carried out.
page 17
lights up: ESC* faulty or disconnected by the system. ALTERNATIVELY: flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.
page 128 lights up: Traction Control faulty or switched off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY: flashes: Traction Control regulator operat- ing.
ABS faulty or does not work.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
16 Instrument panel
Symbol Meaning See
Rear fog light switched on. page 84
lights up or flashes: Fault in catalytic con- verter. page 227
Fault in engine management.
lights up or flashes: Fault in the steering system.
page 141
Fuel tank almost empty. page 165
Fault in airbag system and seat belt tension- ers.
page 67
lights up: the Start-Stop system is enabled. ALTERNATIVELY: flashes: the Start-Stop system is not availa- ble. page 154
The Start-Stop system is enabled but the en- gine cannot be automatically stopped.
Left or right turn signal. page 84
Hazard warning lights on. page 231
Cruise control operating. page 146
Main beam on or flasher on. page 84
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
WARNING (Continued)
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easi- ly inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth- er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool.
In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury page 171.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
17Instrument panel
Instruments
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Indicator lamps page 15
Instructions for inspection intervals Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
Do not handle the instrument panel controls when driving.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
18 Instrument panel
Detail of instrument panel
Fig. 9 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1.
Fig. 10 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 2.
Details of the instruments fig. 9 or fig. 10:
Speedometer. Depending on the vehicle in km/h or in mph.
Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1
2
Reset rotary control for the odometer (trip).
Press the button 0.0/SET briefly to switch between trip re- corder and odometer.
Press the button 0.0/SET for approximately. 5 seconds to reset the odometer to zero and, where necessary, other signals of the multifunction display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3
19Instrument panel
Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Rev counter (with the engine running, in thousands of revo- lutions per minute).
The beginning of the red zone of the rev counter indicates the maximum speed in any gear after running-in and with the engine hot. However, it is advisable to change up a gear or lift your foot off the accelerator before the needle reaches the red zone .
Clock set button.
If necessary, change the time display by pressing the top and bottom buttons of the rocker switch fig. 11 B .
Press the button to change the hour, so that it is flash- ing.
To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
Press the button again to change the minutes, so that it is flashing.
To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
Press button again to end the clock setting.
CAUTION When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do not make the engine work hard.
To prevent damage to the engine, the rev counter needle should only re- main in the red zone for a short period of time.
For the sake of the environment Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel consumption and noise.
4
5
6
Note On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 the other instruments can be seen, such as an outside temperature indica- tor.
Display messages
A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display fig. 9 and fig. 10 2 , depending on the vehicle equipment:
Warning and information messages
Odometer
Time
Outside temperature
Recommended gear (manual gearbox) page 124
Multifunction display (MFI) page 22
Service interval display page 21
Start-Stop system status display page 154
Fuel gauge page 165
Seat belt status display for rear seats page 57
Warning and information messages
The system runs a check on certain components and functions when the ig- nition is switched on and while the vehicle is moving. Faults in the opera- tion are displayed on the screen using red and yellow symbols on the in- strument panel display (page 15) and, in some cases, with audible warn- ings. The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel fitted.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
20 Instrument panel
Type of mes- sage
Symbol colour
Meanings
Priority 1 warning.
Red
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ! Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessary, request assistance from specialised personnel.
Priority 2 warning.
Yellow
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. A faulty function, or fluids which are below the correct levels may cause damage to the vehi- cle! Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If necessary, request assistance from special- ised personnel.
Odometer
The odometer registers the total distance travelled by the vehicle.
The odometer (trip) shows the distance travelled since the last odometer re- set. The last figure indicates 100 m.
Outside temperature indicator
When the outside temperature is below +4C (+39F), the symbol ice crys- tal (warning of risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the temperature. At first this symbol flashes and then it remains lit until the outside tempera- ture rises above +6C (+43F) .
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the tempera- ture displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature as a result of heat coming from the engine.
The temperatures measured range from -40C to +50C (-40F to +122F).
Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)
The recommended gear to save fuel can be displayed on the instrument panel display while you are driving page 124.
Seat belt status display for rear seats *
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear seats have fastened their seat belts page 57.
Start-Stop system status display
The instrument panel display shows information on the current status page 154.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth- er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easi- ly inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
WARNING
Although the outside temperature is above freezing, some roads and bridges may be frozen.
At an outside temperature of above +4C (+39F), even when the ice crystal is not visible, there may still be ice on the road.
Never rely totally on the outside temperature indicator!
21Instrument panel
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Note Different versions of the instrument panel are available and therefore the versions and instructions on the display may vary.
Note When several warnings are active at the same time, the symbols are shown successively for a few seconds. The symbols will stay on until the fault is rectified.
Service interval display
The inspection display appears on the instrument panel display fig. 9 or fig. 10 2 .
SEAT makes a difference between services with engine oil change (Mainte- nance Service) and services without engine oil change (Inspection Service). The service interval display only gives information for service dates which involve an engine oil change. The dates of the remaining services (for exam- ple, the next Inspection Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the label attached to the door strut, or even in the Maintenance Programme.
The set service intervals have been specified with the service dependent on time/distance travelled.
Inspection reminder
If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder ap- pears when starting the ignition abbreviated to and a warning in km. The number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven until the next service.
Service due
After the service date, an audible warning is given when the ignition is switched on and the abbreviation displayed on the screen flashes for a few seconds.
Note The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.
Note In vehicles in which the battery has been disconnected for a long period of time, it is not possible to calculate the date of the next service. Therefore the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, please check the maximum permitted service intervals Booklet Maintenance Pro- gramme.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
22 Instrument panel
SEAT information system
Introduction
With the ignition switched on it is possible to access different messages via the display on the instrument panel display.
The number of messages displayed on the instrument panel display will vary according to the vehicle electronics and equipment.
A specialised dealer will be able to programme or modify additional func- tions, according to the vehicle equipment. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
Instrument panel page 18
Exterior mirrors page 95
Driver assistance systems page 143
Radio system Booklet Radio system
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
Do not consult the messages on the instrument panel screen when driving.
Note On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 other functions of the vehicle can be seen.
Control functions of the instrument panel display
Fig. 11 Windscreen wip- er lever: button A to confirm the options and rocker switch B to change the options.
Calling up options
Switch the ignition on.
If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, press OK/RESET
(fig. 11 A ).
Press the top or bottom part of the rocker switch B until the desired op- tion appears.
Multifunction display (MFI)
The multifunction display (MFI) has two automatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown in the lower right-hand corner of the display.
23Instrument panel
With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK to change from one memory to another.
1
Trip memo- ry (for a single jour- ney).
The memory stores the values for the journey and the con- sumption from the moment the ignition is switched on un- til it is switched off again. If the journey is broken for more than 2 hours, the memory is automatically erased. If the journey is continued in less than 2 hours after the ignition is switched off, the new da- ta is added to the data already stored in the memory.
2 Total mem- ory (for all journeys).
The memory stores the values of any number of journeys, until it counts a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of driv- ing, or 1999.9 km or miles of driving, depending on the type of instrument panel fitted. On reaching either of these limits, the memory is automatically erased and starts to count from 0 again.
Possible displays
Menu Function
Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes (min).
Journey duration This indicates the hours (h) and minutes (min) since the ignition was switched on.
Current fuel consump- tion
The current fuel consumption display operates throughout the journey, in litres/100 km; and with the engine running and the vehicle stopped, in li- tres/hour.
Average fuel consump- tion
After turning on the ignition, average fuel con- sumption in litres/100 km will be shown after trav- elling approximately 100 metres. Otherwise hori- zontal lines are displayed. The value shown is up- dated approximately every 5 seconds.
Distance to empty (the distance you can trav- el with the remaining fuel)
Approximate distance in km that can still be travel- led with the fuel remaining in the tank, assuming the same style of driving is maintained. This is cal- culated using the current fuel consumption.
Menu Function
Distance covered Distance travelled, after ignition is switched on, in km.
Average speed After starting the ignition, the average speed will be shown after a distance of approximately 100 metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 seconds.
Digital display of speed
Current speed displayed digitally.
Liquid coolant temper- ature digital display
Digital display of the current temperature of the en- gine liquid coolant.
Warning at --- km/h If the stored speed is exceeded (between 30-250 km/h, or 18-155 mph), an audible warning is given together with a visual warning.
Changing between display modes
Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever.
Storing a speed for the speed warning
Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.
Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and switch off the warning.
In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen wiper lever or buttons or on the multifunction steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OK again or wait a few seconds. The speed is stored and the warning activated.
To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is deleted.
Manually erasing memory 1 or 2
Select the memory to be erased.
Press and hold the eject button OK for approximately 2 seconds.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
24 Instrument panel
Note On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 other functions of the multifunction display can be seen.
25Before starting the engine
Prior to a journey...
Before starting the engine
Tips for driving
Introduction
Depending upon how you expect to use your vehicle, it may a good idea to protect the engine from below. A guard underneath the engine may help to reduce the risk of damage to the lower part of the vehicle and the oil sump when driving over kerbs, or along dirt tracks or rough roads... Before instal- lation, SEAT recommends going to a SEAT dealership.
Additional information and warnings:
Ensure you are correctly seated page 48
Transporting page 97
Starting, changing gears, parking page 119
Ecological driving page 138
Notes for the user page 224
WARNING
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, medication or narcotics may result in severe accidents and even loss of life.
Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics may significantly alter per- ception, affect reaction times and safety while driving, which could result in the loss of control of the vehicle.
Journey preparations and safe driving
Check list
For your own safety, for the safety of vehicle occupants in the vehicle, and for that of other road users, the following should be checked before and during each journey :
Check that the lights and turn signals operate correctly.
Check the tyre pressures (page 201) and level of fuel (page 165).
Ensure there is good visibility through all the windows.
Make sure that all objects and bags in the storage compartments, in the luggage compartment and, where applicable, on the roof, are se- curely fastened page 97.
Ensure there is nothing obstructing the free passage of the foot ped- als.
Use child retention systems appropriate for the child's body weight and height page 76.
Correctly adjust front seat, head rests and rear-view mirrors to suit your height page 48, page 95.
Wear close-fitting shoes which do not prevent you from using the pedals correctly.
The driver's floor mat in the footwell should be fixed to the floor, leaving the pedal area unobstructed.
Before starting out, ensure you are correctly seated and remain in this position throughout the journey. This applies to all passengers in the vehicle page 48.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
26 Before starting the engine
Check list (Continued)
Correctly fasten your seat belt before starting to drive and keep it se- curely fastened throughout the journey. This applies to all passengers in the vehicle page 57.
Never carry more passengers than the number of available seats and seat belts in your vehicle.
Never drive with impaired faculties (for example, due to medication, alcohol or drugs).
Do not allow yourself to be distracted from the traffic, for example, to reset or switch on a menu, by other passengers or to answer a phone call.
Always try to adapt the speed of the vehicle and your style of driving to the condition of the ground or the road and to weather and traffic conditions.
Observe the highway code and speed limits.
On long journeys, rest at regular intervals (at least every 2 hours).
If carrying animals, make sure they are correctly restrained in accord- ance with their weight and size.
WARNING
Always observe traffic regulations and speed limits and try to anticipate traffic movements. Correctly anticipating traffic situations may mean the difference between arriving safe and sound at your destination or having a serious accident.
Note Regular servicing of your vehicle not only helps to keep it in good working order but also helps to ensure road safety. Therefore, please ensure the ve- hicle is taken for service as indicated in the Maintenance Programme. If the vehicle is subjected to hard use, it may require certain maintenance work before the next service date. Hard use may involve frequent driving in traffic jams or driving in dusty areas. For further information, please refer to a SEAT dealership or a specialised workshop.
Driving abroad
Check list
In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force relating to exhaust gas emissions, which differ from the technical character- istics of the vehicle. Before travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you con- sult a SEAT dealership about the legal requirements and the following points:
Does the vehicle need technical modifications for driving abroad, for example, adjustment of the headlamps?
Does the vehicle have all the tools, diagnostics equipment and spare parts required for inspections and repairs?
Are there any SEAT dealers in the destination country?
For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol available at the right octane rating?
Are a suitable engine oil (page 176) and other engine fluids com- plying with SEAT specifications available in the destination country?
Does the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) function page 213 in the destination country with the available navigation information?
Are special tyres required in the destination country?
27Before starting the engine
CAUTION SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genu- ine spare parts.
Driving along flooded roadways
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driving through water, for example, along a flooded road, please observe the following:
Check the depth of the water before entering the flooded zone. The wa- ter should never come above the lower edge of the bodywork .
Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear or switch off the engine.
Oncoming traffic will cause waves which raise the level of the water, making it difficult to cross the water.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever crossing water.
WARNING
When driving through water, mud, melted snow, etc., please remember that due to damp or frozen brake discs and pads in winter, the braking effect may be delayed, therefore the required braking distance is greater.
Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in the process.
After driving through water, avoid sudden sharp manoeuvres.
CAUTION Driving through flooded areas may severely damage vehicle compo- nents such as the engine, transmission, running gear or electrical system.
Never drive through salt water as salt causes corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the vehicle which have been in contact with salt water.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
28 Unlocking and locking
Unlocking and locking
Vehicle key set
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Adjustments to the SEAT information system page 22
Central locking and locking system page 33
Start and stop the engine page 119
Notes for the user page 224
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
WARNING
Swallowing batteries with a diameter of 20 mm or other types of lithium battery may quickly result in serious injuries of even death.
Always keep the vehicle keys and the key tab with the batteries, spare batteries, flat batteries and other types of batteries larger than 20 mm out of the reach of children.
Immediately seek medical assistance if you suspect the swallowing of a battery.
WARNING
Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and accident.
Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthorised individuals could lock the doors or the rear lid, start the engine or turn the ignition on activating electrical systems, for example: the electric windows.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
29Unlocking and locking
Remote control vehicle key*
Fig. 12 Remote control key.
Remote control key
With the vehicle key the vehicle may be locked or unlocked remotely page 33.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and battery. The receiver is in the interi- or of the vehicle. The range of the vehicle key with remote control and new battery is several metres around the vehicle.
If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle using the remote control key, this should be re-synchronised page 31 or the battery changed page 31.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be used.
Folding the key shaft in and out
When the button is pressed fig. 12 A , the key shaft is released and un- folds.
To fold it press the button and fold the key shaft in until it locks in place.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not con- tain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind of key.
Synchronise new keys or spare keys before use page 31.
CAUTION The remote control key contains electronic components. Protect the vehicle keys from damage, impacts and humidity.
Note Only use the key button when you require the corresponding function. Push- ing the button unnecessarily could accidentally unlock the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also possible even when you are outside the radius of action.
Note Remote control key operation can be greatly influenced by overlapping ra- dio signals around the vehicle working in the same range of frequencies (for example, radio transmitters, mobile telephones).
Note Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle, bad weather condi- tions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the re- mote control.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
30 Unlocking and locking
Note If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed fig. 12 or one of the central locking buttons page 33 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock the vehicle if necessary.
Vehicle mechanical key
Fig. 13 Vehicle mechani- cal key:
The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key fig. 13.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not con- tain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind of key.
Control lamp on the vehicle key
Fig. 14 Control lamp on the vehicle key.
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes fig. 14 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, the indica- tor blinks several times, for example: for the convenience opening function.
When the control lamp does not light upon pushing a button, change the batteries of the vehicle key page 31.
31Unlocking and locking
Changing the battery
Fig. 15 Vehicle key: bat- tery compartment cover.
Fig. 16 Vehicle key: re- moving the battery.
SEAT recommend having the batteries changed in a Specialised workshop.
The battery is located to the rear of the vehicle key, under a cover.
Changing the battery
Unfold the key shaft page 29.
Remove the cover from the back of the vehicle key fig. 15 in the direc- tion of the arrow .
Extract the battery from the compartment using a suitable thin object fig. 16.
Place the new battery in the compartment, pressing as shown fig. 16 in the opposite direction to the arrow .
Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing in the direction of the arrow as shown fig. 15 until it clicks into place.
CAUTION If the battery is not changed correctly, the vehicle key may be damaged.
Use of unsuitable batteries may damage the vehicle key. For this reason, always replace the dead battery with another of the same voltage, size and specifications.
When fitting the battery, check that the polarity is correct.
For the sake of the environment Please dispose of your used batteries correctly and with respect for the envi- ronment.
To synchronise the vehicle key
If the button is pressed frequently outside of the vehicle range, it is pos- sible that the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked using the key. In this case, synchronise the vehicle key once more as follows:
Unfold the key shaft page 29.
Press the button on the vehicle key. For this, you must remain next to the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
32 Unlocking and locking
Open the vehicle within one minute using the key shift.
Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. The key has been synchron- ised.
If necessary, fit the cap.
33Unlocking and locking
Central locking* and locking system
Introduction
Central locking functions correctly when all the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key.
The battery of a vehicle left unlocked during a long period (for instance, in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Vehicle key set page 28
Doors page 38
Rear lid page 40
Electric windows page 43
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
WARNING
The incorrect use of the central locking system may cause serious inju- ries.
The central locking system will lock all doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can prevent any non-authorised individual from opening the doors and accessing the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or accident, locked doors will complicate access to the passenger compart- ment to help the passengers.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. The cen- tral locking button can be used to lock all the doors from within. There- fore, passengers will be locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.
WARNING (Continued)
Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in seri- ous injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case of emergency, they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or get help.
Description of the central locking system
The central locking system allows all doors and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked centrally.
From outside, using the vehicle key.
From inside, by pushing the central locking button page 36.
The central locking system can be activated or deactivated at a specialised workshop.
In case of a vehicle key fault or central locking system fault, all doors can be locked or unlocked manually.
Locking the vehicle after the airbags have been deployed
If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automati- cally and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, the vehicle can be locked following an accident in the following ways:
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
34 Unlocking and locking
Function Necessary operations
Lock the vehicle, by pushing the central locking button:
Turn off the ignition and turn it on again. Push the central locking button .
Use the key to lock the vehicle:
Turn off the ignition and turn it on again. OR: Remove the key from the ignition. Open any door just once. Lock the vehicle with the key.
Note If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed page 28 or one of the central locking buttons fig. 19 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the cen- tral locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. In this case, the vehicle remains unlocked for about. 30 seconds. If no doors or the rear lid are opened during this time, the vehicle will subsequently become locked automatically.
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the exterior
Fig. 17 Buttons on the vehicle key.
Fig. 18 Vehicle mechani- cal key:
Central locking
Function Handling the buttons on the vehicle fig. 17
Handling the vehicle key fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or with the vehicle mechanical key fig. 18.
Unlocking the vehicle.
Press button . Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clock- wise direction.
Locking the ve- hicle.
Press button . Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
35Unlocking and locking
Function Handling the buttons on the vehicle fig. 17
Handling the vehicle key fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or with the vehicle mechanical key fig. 18.
Unlocking the rear lid.
Press button . Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clock- wise direction.
Locking the rear lid.
Press button . Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
Attention: Depending on the operating of the central locking set by the Spe- cialised workshop, in order to unlock all the doors and the rear lid, press the button twice.
The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and if the battery has enough power.
Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash once in confirmation.
Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirma- tion.
If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation, at least one of the doors or the rear lid has been left unlocked.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehicle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock again automatically after a few seconds. This function prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.
Mechanical locking
Function Handling the vehicle mechanical key fig. 18 in the lock cylinder.
Locking the driver door manually.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cyl- inder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylin- der of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- wise direction.
Locking and unlocking the rear lid.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cyl- inder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylin- der of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- wise direction.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the vehicle key.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
36 Unlocking and locking
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside
Fig. 19 In the driver door: central locking but- ton.
Fig. 20 In the passenger door: Door handle for me- chanical locking.
Central locking
Push the button fig. 19:
Unlocking the vehicle.
Locking the vehicle.
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
If the vehicle has been locked with the vehicle key, the central locking but- ton does not operate.
Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock your vehicle:
The "Safe" security system will not activate page 37.
It will not be possible to open the doors or the rear lid from the outside, when stopped at traffic lights for example.
The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever twice.
The driver door cannot be locked when it is still open. This avoids lock- ing the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
Mechanical locking
The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark be- comes visible fig. 20 1 .
To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever.
If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of the following:
The "Safe" security system will not activate page 37.
It will not be possible to open the doors from the outside, when stopped at traffic lights for example.
37Unlocking and locking
The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pulling the inside door handle.
The driver door cannot be locked using the central locking system when it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
"Safe" security system*
Function Necessary operations
Locks the vehicle with the "Safe" security system.
Press the button once on the vehicle key.
Locks the vehicle without the "Safe" security system.
Press the button twice on the vehicle key.
Press the central locking button on the driver door once.
When the vehicle is locked, the "Safe" security system deactivates the door handles, making the vehicle difficult to open. The doors cannot be opened from inside .
Upon switching off the ignition, the "Safe" security system switched on warning will appear on the instrument panel display (SAFE lock or SAFE- LOCK).
When the "Safe" security system is turned off:
The vehicle can be opened and unlocked from the inside using an inside door handle.
Control lamp on the driver door
When the vehicle is locked: Meaning
The red LED flashes for approximately 2 seconds at short intervals and then more slowly.
The "Safe" security system is switched on.
The red LED flashes for about two sec- onds then turns off. After 30 seconds, the LED flashes again.
The "Safe" security system is switched off.
The red LED flashes for about two sec- onds at short intervals. Subsequently, the light will remain switched on for about. 30 seconds.
There is a fault in the locking system. Contact a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
Careless use of the "Safe" security system can cause serious injury.
Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if this is locked using the key. When the "Safe" security system is activated, doors cannot be opened from the inside!
When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the interior in case of an emergency. Passengers could remain trapped inside in case of emergency.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
38 Unlocking and locking
Doors
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Vehicle key set page 28
Central locking and locking system page 33
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
WARNING
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open unexpectedly when driving and cause serious injuries.
Always stop immediately and close the door.
When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed door should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door.
WARNING
A door held open by its retainer could be blown closed by the wind or close if the vehicle is on a hill causing injury.
When opening and closing doors, always use the door handle.
Note On the display of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT), page 213 can be seen if at least one vehicle door has been left open or is not correctly closed.
Childproof lock
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being opened from the inside. This system prevents minors from opening a door accidentally while the vehicle is running.
Fig. 21 Childproof lock on the left hand side door
This function is independent of the vehicle electronic opening and locking systems. It only affects rear doors. It can only be activated and deactivated manually, as described below:
Activating the childproof lock
Unlock the vehicle and open the door in which you wish to acti- vate the childproof lock.
With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the igni- tion key, anti-clockwise for the left hand side doors fig. 21 and clockwise for the right hand side doors.
39Unlocking and locking
Deactivating the childproof lock
Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose childproof lock you want to deactivate.
With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the igni- tion key, anti-clockwise for the right hand side doors and clock- wise for the left hand side doors fig. 21.
Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the outside. The childproof lock can be activated and deactivated by inserting the key in the groove when the door is open, as described above.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
40 Unlocking and locking
Rear lid
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Central locking page 33
Transporting page 97
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
WARNING
Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and closing of the rear lid can cause accidents and serious injury.
Open and close the rear lid only when nobody is in the way.
Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down with your hand on the rear window. The rear window could break and cause injury.
Ensure the rear lid is closed and locked correctly after closing, other- wise, it may open unexpectedly while driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
Always keep the rear lid closed while driving to avoid toxic gases en- tering the interior.
Do not open the rear lid when there is a load installed, for example a carrier system. Likewise, the rear lid cannot be opened when a load is at- tached to it, for example bicycles. An open rear lid could close itself if there is an additional weight on it. If necessary, press down on the rear lid and remove the load.
Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are not using the vehicle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without su- pervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the lug- gage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and ill- ness or even death, particularly for young children.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. If the ve- hicle key or the central locking button is used, they may be locked in the vehicle.
CAUTION Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there is sufficient free space to open and close it, for example if you are in a garage.
Note On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 can be seen if the rear lid has been left open or is not correctly shut.
41Unlocking and locking
Opening the rear lid
Fig. 22 On the vehicle key: Button to unlock and open the rear lid.
If there are bicycles attached to a carrier situated on the rear lid, in some cases, it may not automatically open . Remove the load from the carrier and support the open rear lid.
Opening with central locking
Press the button on the vehicle key fig. 22 for about one second to unlock the rear lid.
ALTERNATIVELY: Press the button on the vehicle key until the rear lid opens automatically several centimetres.
Opening the rear lid with the button.
Opening with the vehicle mechanical key
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction page 33.
Opening the rear lid with the button.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.
If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be un- locked or open but not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid could open unexpectedly while driving.
Note At outside temperatures of less than 0C (+32F), the pressurised gas struts cannot always automatically lift the rear lid. In this case, open the rear lid manually.
Closing the rear lid
Fig. 23 Rear lid open: hand grip.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
42 Unlocking and locking
Closing the rear lid
Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid fig. 23 (arrow).
Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.
Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.
Locking the rear lid with central locking*
If the vehicle is unlocked and no doors or the rear lid are opened during about. 30 seconds, it will automatically lock again. This function prevents the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
The rear lid is also locked by a central locking.
If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked using the button, when it is closed once more it will lock automatically.
A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above about 9 km/h ( 6 mph).
Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechanical key
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction page 33.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of the rear lid could cause se- rious injuries.
Never leave the vehicle unattended, and never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high and low temperatures, depending on the time of year, thus causing seri- ous injuries/illness and even death.
Note Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the key has not been left inside the boot.
43Unlocking and locking
Windows
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
SEAT information system page 22
Central locking and locking system page 33
WARNING
Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury.
Only operate the electric windows when nobody is in the way.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be locked. The windows cannot be opened in case of an emergency.
Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Af- ter turning off the ignition, the windows can be opened and closed for a short time using the buttons on the door as long as the driver door or passenger side door is not open.
CAUTION When the windows are open, rain can enter into the vehicle, dampening the interior equipment and causing damage to the vehicle.
Opening and closing the electric windows
Fig. 24 In the driver door: electric windows button.
Opening and closing the windows
Function Necessary operations
Opening: Press button .
Closing: Push the button .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
44 Unlocking and locking
Side-opening rear windows
Fig. 25 Lever to open and close the rear win- dow
Opening
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and press outwards until the lever engages.
Closing
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and then press the lever backwards until it engages.
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Central locking and locking system page 33
Roof carrier page 104
WARNING
If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof is used negligently or without paying due attention, it can cause serious injury.
The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no person remains in the way of it.
After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilt- ing sunroof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is opened.
CAUTION To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow that there may be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed before open- ing or raising the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.
Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof must always be closed. With the sliding/tilting sunroof open or raised, water can enter the passenger compartment and can cause consid- erable damage to the electrical system. As a result, other damage can occur in the vehicle.
In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilting sunroof is open, the interi- or equipment of the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat heating and damaging the electrical system of the vehicle.
45Unlocking and locking
Note Leaves and other loose objects that land in the guides of the sliding/tilt- ing sunroof should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum cleaner.
If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work correctly, the anti-trap func- tion will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehicle to a speci- alised workshop.
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof
Fig. 26 In the interior roof: turn the knob to open and close.
Fig. 27 In the interior roof: turn the knob to raise and to close the sunroof.
To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position 1 .
Function fig. 26 or fig. 27
Action
To open the slid- ing sunroof com- pletely:
3 turn the know beyond position 2 and hold it in that position until the sunroof reaches the required position.
Put the sliding sunroof in con- venience posi- tion:
2
Turn the knob to the required position. To set the inter- mediate posi- tion:
2 to 1
To close the slid- ing sunroof com- pletely:
1
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
46 Unlocking and locking
Function fig. 26 or fig. 27
Action
To raise the tilt- ing sunroof com- pletely:
4 briefly press the rear part of the knob.
To stop automat- ic operation:
4 or 5 Press or pull the knob again briefly.
To close com- pletely:
5 briefly pull the rear part of the knob.
The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when switched on. After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting roof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is opened.
All operations are interrupted when the rotary knob is actuated.
If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilting sunroof electrically, it would need to be closed manually. It is not possible to do an emergency close of the sliding/tilting sunroof without removing components of the ve- hicle. In such a case, obtain professional assistance.
Sliding blind
With the roof grab handle situated in the rear part of the roof opening, it is possible to move the sliding blind to the required position.
Note The convenience position permits sufficient ventilation with a level of sound produced by low wind.
Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof
The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of injury when closing the sliding/ tilting electric panoramic sunroof . If the sliding/tilting sunroof encoun- ters resistance or an obstacle when closing, it will immediately reopen.
Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has not closed.
Try to close it again.
If it is still not possible to close it due to an obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the corresponding position. Close it without the anti-trap func- tion.
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap function
Before approx. 5 seconds have passed since the activation of the anti- trap function, pull the knob fig. 27 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is completely closed.
As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap func- tion!
If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a specialised workshop.
If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting elec- tric panoramic sunroof opens automatically.
WARNING
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti- trap function can result in serious injury.
The sliding/tilting sunroof should always be closed carefully.
47Unlocking and locking
WARNING (Continued)
No person should ever remain in the way of the sliding/tilting sun- roof, especially when closing without the anti-trap function.
The anti-trap function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the body from becoming trapped against the roof frame and injuries occur- ring.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
48 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjusting the seat position
Introduction
Number of seats
The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped with a seat belt.
Additional information and warnings:
Seat functions page 55
Seat belts page 57
Airbag system page 67
Child seats (accessories) page 76
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle can lead to severe injuries or death in the event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, collision or acci- dents or if the airbag deploys.
Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and maintain it throughout the trip. This also includes fastening the seat belt.
Never transport more people than there are seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight page 76, page 67.
Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example, put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt offer insufficient protection and the risk of injury in the event of an accident is increased.
WARNING
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat belt and the head restraints and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly.
Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees slightly angled and that the distance between your knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical constitution prevents you from meeting these requirements, contact a Specialised workshop to make any modifications required.
Never drive with the backrest tilted far back. The further the backrests are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect posi- tioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position.
Never drive with the backrest tilted forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it could throw the backrest backwards and injure the passengers of the rear seats.
Sit as far away as possible from the steering wheel and the dash pan- el.
49Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING (Continued)
Keep your back straight and resting completely against the backrest and the front seats correctly adjusted. Never place any part of your body in the area of the airbag or very close to it.
If passengers on the rear seats are not sitting in an upright position, the risk of severe injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web in- creases.
WARNING
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is stationary, as the seats could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion and you could lose control of the vehicle. Furthermore, an incorrect position is adopted when adjusting the seat.
Only adjust the height, backrest and forwards or backwards position of the seat when there is nobody in the seat adjustment area.
There must be no objects blocking the front seat adjustment area.
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position
If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe or fatal injuries increases. Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is properly worn. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt web is not positioned correctly. This could result in severe and even fatal in- juries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially increased when a de- ploying airbag strikes an occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting position. The driver is responsible for all passengers in the vehicle, particu- larly children.
The following list shows just some examples of incorrect sitting positions which can be dangerous to all occupants.
When the vehicle is in motion:
Never stand in the vehicle.
Never stand on the seats.
Never kneel on the seats.
Never tilt your backrest too far to the rear.
Never lean against the dash panel.
Never lie on the rear seats.
Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
Never sit sideways.
Never lean out of a window.
Never put your feet out of a window.
Never put your feet on the dash panel.
Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or backrest.
Never travel in a footwell.
Never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt.
Never carry any person in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Every incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe or fatal inju- ries in the event of accidents or sudden braking or manoeuvres.
All vehicle occupants must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while travelling.
Occupants in incorrect sitting positions, not wearing their seat belt or too close to the airbag run the risk of suffering severe or fatal injuries, particularly if the airbag deploys and hits an occupant sitting in an incor- rect position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
50 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Correct sitting position
Fig. 28 The proper dis- tance between driver and steering wheel.
Fig. 29 Correct seat belt web and head restraint positions.
The correct sitting positions for the driver and passengers are shown below.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sit- ting position, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any special devi-
ces. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a cor- rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Serv- ice.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an acci- dent or sudden braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following posi- tions:
Valid for the driver:
Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests com- pletely against it.
Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel and your chest fig. 28 and so that you can hold the steer- ing wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.
The adjusted steering wheel must face your chest and not your face.
Adjust the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees slightly angled and the distance between your knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm fig. 28.
Adjust the height of the driver seat so that you can easily reach the top of the steering wheel.
Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under control at all times.
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 57.
Valid for the passenger:
Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests com- pletely against it.
Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible for optimum pro- tection should the airbag deploy.
Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 57.
51Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Valid for the passengers in the rear section:
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint fig. 28 and fig. 29.
Short people must lower the head restraint to the first anchorage posi- tion, even if your head is below its upper edge.
Tall people must raise the head restraint completely.
Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly page 57.
Controls on the front seat
Fig. 30 Front left seat controls.
The controls are mirrored for the front right-hand seat.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.
fig. 30 Function Necessary operations
1 Moving the head re- straint backwards or for- wards.
Pull the lever and move the seat for- wards. The front seat must be engag- ed when the lever is released!
2 Adjusting the seat height.
Pull the lever up or push down (sever- al times if necessary) from its home position.
3
3 doors: Easy Entry + ad- justable seat angle func- tion. 5 doors: only adjustable seat angle function.
Adjust: Pull the lever and adjust the backrest seat angle until you reach the desired position. The backrest must be engaged.
To fold: Pull the lever and fold the backrest. At the same time, move the seat forward.
To tilt open: Move the seat back until the catch engages. Pull the lever and tilt open the backrest. The backrest must engage in the upright position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
52 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the rear head restraints
Fig. 31 Adjusting the rear head restraints.
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.
Adjusting height
Push the head restraint up or down in the direction of the arrow with the button pressed fig. 31 1 .
The head restraint must engage securely in position.
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint.
Adjusting the head restraint for short people
Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper edge. When the head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible that a small gap remains between it and the backrest.
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Raise the head restraint completely.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted in- creases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person is occupying a seat.
All occupants must correctly adjust the head restraint according to their height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an accident. The upper edge of the head restraint must be as close as possible to the same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head re- straint.
Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion.
53Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Removing and installing the rear head restraints
Fig. 32 Removing the rear head restraint.
The rear seats are equipped with a head restraint.
Removing the rear head restraint.
Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward page 100.
Push the head restraint up as far as it will go .
Pull the head restraint out of the fitting without releasing the button fig. 32 1 .
Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
Safely store the removed head restraints.
Removing the rear head restraint.
Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward page 100.
Correctly insert the head restraint into the guides on the backrest.
Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button 1 .
Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
Adjust the head restraint to the correct position page 52.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted in- creases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and sudden braking or manoeuvres.
Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person is occupying a seat.
Refit any removed head restraints immediately so that passengers are properly protected.
CAUTION On removing and fitting the head restraint, make sure the head restraint does not hit the interior roof of the vehicle or the backrest of the front seat. This could damage the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle.
Adjusting the steering wheel position
Fig. 33 Mechanical steering wheel adjust- ment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
54 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and only when the vehicle is sta- tionary.
Push the lever fig. 33 1 downwards.
Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly bent.
Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flush to the steering column .
Adjust the correct distance between the driver and the steering wheel fig. 28 using the controls on the driver seat page 51.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect adjustment of the steering wheel can result in severe or fatal injury.
After adjusting the steering column, push the lever fig. 33 1 firmly upwards to ensure the steering wheel does not accidentally change posi- tion while driving.
Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, stop safely and make the proper adjustment.
The adjusted steering wheel should be facing your chest and not your face so as not to hinder the driver's frontal airbag protection in the event of an accident.
When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to reduce inju- ries when the driver's frontal airbag deploys.
Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or in any oth- er manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and head.
55Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat functions
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Adjust the seat position page 48
Seat belts page 57
Airbag system page 67
Child seats (accessories) page 76
Exterior mirrors page 95
WARNING
Inappropriate use of the seat functions can cause severe injuries.
Assume the proper sitting position before your trip and remain in it throughout. This also applies to the other occupants.
Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the seat operat- ing and adjustment radius.
Seat heating*
Fig. 34 In the centre console: Front seats heating switch.
The front seat cushions can be heated electrically when the ignition is switched on.
Switch off seat heating if there is nobody in the seat.
Function Action fig. 34
To switch on: Press button . Seat heating is switched on fully. All warning signals light up.
Adjusting the heating output:
Press the button again to adjust the desired heat.
To switch off: Keep pressing button until all of the lights are switched off.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
56 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
People whose pain and temperature threshold has been affected by some kind of medicine, paraplegia or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) may sus- tain burns to the back, buttocks and legs from use of the seat heating that may lead to a long healing process or that may never completely heal. Seek medical advice if you have doubts regarding your health.
People with a limit pain and temperature threshold must never use seat heating.
CAUTION To avoid damaging the heating elements of the seat heating, please do not kneel on the seat or apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat cushion and backrest.
Liquids, sharp objects and insulating materials on the seat could dam- age the seat heating.
In the event of smells, switch off the seat heating immediately and have the unit inspected by a Specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment The seat heating should remain on only when needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel consumption.
57Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat belts
Introduction
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced immediately by a Specialised workshop . The Specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
Adjust the seat position page 48
Airbag system page 67
Child seats (accessories) page 76
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if it is not fas- tened and used correctly.
Seats belts are the most effective ways of reducing the risk of sus- taining severe or fatal injuries In the event of an accident. Correctly fas- ten seat belts when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all vehicle occupants.
Before each trip, every occupant in the vehicle occupants must sit properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip. This also applies to other occupants when driving in town.
WARNING (Continued)
When travelling, secure children in the vehicle with a child restraint system suitable for their weight and height and with the seat belts cor- rectly fastened page 76.
Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before driving off.
Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and en- sure it is engaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle of another seat will not protect you properly and may cause severe injuries.
Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings. This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
Never unbuckle your seat belt when the vehicle is moving.
Never allow more than one passenger to share the same seat belt.
Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.
Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) impairs the proper fit and function of the seat belt.
WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and could re- sult in serious injury or loss of life.
Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it in the door or the seat mechanism.
If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the seat belts could break in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent dam- age. The belt anchor points should also be checked.
Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All re- pairs to seat belts, retractors and buckles must be carried out by a Speci- alised workshop.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
58 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Warning lamp
Fig. 35 Warning lamp on the instrument panel
Fig. 36 Indication of seat belt status in the rear seats on the instru- ment panel display.
Lights up or
flashes Possible cause Solution
On the instrument panel: Driver's seat belt not fastened or front pas- senger seat belt not fastened if the front passenger's seat is occupied.
Fasten seat belts!
On the instrument panel: Objects on the front passenger seat.
Remove any objects from the front passenger seat and store them safely.
Instrument panel display: A pas- senger in the rear seats has not fastened their seat belt, if the seat is occupied.*
Fasten seat belts!
Display in the instrument panel: A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat belt, if the seat is occupied.*
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
An audible warning will be heard if the seat belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives off and reaches a speed of more then 25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt warning lamp will also flash.
The warning lamp does not switch off until the driver and front passenger fasten their seat belts while the ignition is switched on.
Seat belt status display for rear seats
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear seats have fastened their seat belts. The symbol indicates that the pas- senger in this seat has fastened his or her seat belt fig. 36.
59Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The seat belt status is displayed for around 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button.
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An audible warning will also be heard if the vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h (15 mph).
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even fatal injuries. The optimal protection from seat belts can be achieved only if you use them properly.
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics
Fig. 37 Vehicle about to hit a wall: the occupants are not wearing seat belts.
Fig. 38 The vehicle hits the wall: the occupants are not wearing seat belts.
It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on collision: when a vehicle starts moving fig. 37, this is a certain amount of energy known as kinetic energy both in the vehicle and in the occupants.
The higher the speed and the greater the weight of the vehicle, the more energy there is to be absorbed in an accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example, the kinetic energy is multiplied by four.
The amount of kinetic energy depends on the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the greater the weight of the vehicle and the occupants, the more energy there is to be absorbed in an accident.
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not attached to the vehicle. As a result, in a frontal collision they will continue to move forward at the speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact until something stops them! Because the passengers in our example are not restrained by seat belts, all of the vehicle occupants' kinetic energy has to be absorbed at the point of impact fig. 38.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
60 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
At speeds of 30 km/h (18 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bodies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg or 2.205 pounds). At greater speed these forces are even higher.
This example applies not only to frontal accidents, but to all accidents and collisions.
Dangers of not using the seat belt
Fig. 39 A driver not wearing a seat belt is thrown forward violently.
Fig. 40 The unbelted rear seat passenger is thrown forward violently, hitting the driver wearing a seat belt.
Many people believe that the occupants can protect themselves with their hands in a minor collision. This is false!
Even at low speeds, the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with just one's arms and hands. In a frontal collision, unbelted vehicle occupants are thrown forward and will make violent contact with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or whatever else is in the way fig. 39.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts. When triggered, airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags do not deploy in all types of ac- cident. All occupants (including the driver) must be wearing seat belts prop- erly during the trip, even if the vehicle is equipped with airbag systems. This will reduce the risk of critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident regardless of whether an airbag is fitted for the seat.
The airbag is only deployed once. To achieve the best possible protection, the seat belt must always be worn properly so that you will be protected in accidents in which no airbag is deployed. Vehicle occupants not wearing belts could be thrown from the vehicle and sustain even more severe or fa- tal injuries.
61Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they could otherwise be thrown forward violently in an accident. Rear seat passengers who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but al- so the driver and other occupants fig. 40.
Seat belt protection
Fig. 41 Drivers with properly worn seat belts will not be thrown for- ward in the event of sud- den braking.
Wearing a correctly fastened seat belt can significantly change the situa- tion. Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sit- ting positions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an accident. Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that could lead to severe injuries. In addition, properly worn seat belts reduce the danger of being thrown from the vehicle fig. 41.
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front crumple zones and other passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are also designed to absorb the kinetic energy generated in a collision. Taken together, all these features reduce the energy released and decrease the risk of injury.
Our examples describe frontal collisions. Of course, properly worn seat belts substantially reduce the risk of injury in all other types of accidents. This is why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip, even when just driving around the corner. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well.
Accident statistics have shown properly worn seat belts to be an effective means of considerably reducing the risk of severe injury and improving the chances of survival in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat belts improve the protection provided by deployed airbags in the event of an accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most countries.
Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, fasten and wear the seat belts. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some frontal acci- dents. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal collisions, minor side collisions, rear collisions, rolls or accidents in which the airbag trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.
Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that vehicle occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!
Using seat belts
Checklist
Use of the seat belt :
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals.
Keep the seat belts clean.
Keep the seat belt web, the latch plate and the buckle free of foreign bodies and liquids.
Do not jam or damage the seat belt or the latch plate when closing the door, for example.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
62 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Checklist (Continued)
Never remove, modify or repair the seat belt or belt fastening mecha- nisms.
Fasten your seat belt properly before each trip and keep it fastened.
Twisted seat belt
If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the guide, the seat belt may have become twisted inside the side trim after being wound too quickly on unfastening:
Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate.
Untwist the belt and guide it back, assisting it by hand.
Fasten the seat belt even if it is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the twisted area must not be in an area in direct contact with your body. Have the seat belt untwisted urgently by a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries.
Regularly check that the seat belts and their components are in per- fect condition.
Always keep your seat belt clean.
Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it with sharp edges.
Make sure there are no liquids or foreign bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle.
Fastening or unfastening a seat belt
Fig. 42 Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Fig. 43 Release the latch plate from the buckle.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking .
63Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fastening the seat belt
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
Correctly adjust the front seat page 48.
Engage the seat backrest in the upright position and correctly adjust the hear restraint .
Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so .
Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat fig. 42.
Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the buckle.
Unfastening the seat belt
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a stand- still .
Press the red button on the buckle fig. 43. The latch plate is released from the buckle.
Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident.
The seat belt cannot offer its full protection unless the backrests are in an upright position and the seat belt is worn correctly, according to your size.
Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause se- vere or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Seat belt position
Fig. 44 Correct seat belt position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
64 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fig. 45 Correct position- ing of seat belts during pregnancy.
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in the event of an accident and reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when they are properly positioned. Furthermore, if the webbing is correctly positioned, the seat belt will hold the occupants in the optimum position to ensure the air- bag provides the utmost protection. The seat belt must therefore always be worn and the webbing correctly positioned.
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even fatal injuries page 48, Adjusting the seat position.
Correct seat belt position
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the shoulder.
The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the stomach.
The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably. Pull the seat belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt must lie evenly across the chest and as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach.
Pregnant women must wear the seat belt properly at all times during the pregnancy fig. 45.
Adapting the position of the seat belt webbing to your size
The seat belt can be adapted using the following equipment:
Front seat height adjustment.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre.
The seat belt cannot provide optimum protection if it is not correctly worn and the backrest is not tilted slightly backwards.
The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the belt moves from hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the stomach).
The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoul- der, never across the neck or the arm.
The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the torso.
The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
Pregnant women must wear the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible over the pelvis and always lie it flat, surrounding the stom- ach.
Do not twist the seat belt while it is fastened.
Never pull the seat belt away from your body using your hand.
Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or fragile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.
Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to al- ter the position of the belt webbing.
65Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Note If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct posi- tion of the belt webbing, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any special devices to ensure the optimum protection of the seat belt and air- bag. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Automatic belt retainer, belt tension device, belt tension limiter
Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety concept page 67 and consist of the following important functions:
Automatic belt retainer
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the system allows for total freedom of movement on the shoulder belt. However, during sud- den braking, during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration, the automatic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled quickly.
Belt tension devices
The seat belts for the front occupants are equipped with belt tensioners.
Sensors will trigger the belt tension devices during severe head-on, lateral and rear collisions and retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or movement in the direction of the collision. The belt tension device works in combination with the airbag system. The belt tension device will not be trig- gered in the event of the vehicle overturning if the side airbags are not de- ployed.
If the belt tension device is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
Belt tension limiter
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of the seat belt on the body in the event of an accident.
Note Observe the relevant safety requirements when the vehicle or components of the system are scrapped. A Specialised workshop is familiar with these requirements page 65.
Service and disposal of belt tension devices
If you work on the belt tension devices or remove and install other parts of the vehicle when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be dam- aged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt tension devices function incorrectly or not at all.
Observe regulations so that the effectiveness of the belt tension device is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environ- mental pollution. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
WARNING
Improper handling and home-made repairs of seat belts, automatic belt retainers and tension devices increase the risk of sustaining severe or fa- tal injuries. The belt tension device may fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong circumstances.
Never attempt to repair, adjust or remove or install parts of the belt tension devices or seat belts. Only a Specialised workshop may perform work page 213.
Do not repair belt tension devices and automatic belt retainers. Re- place them.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
66 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
For the sake of the environment Airbag modules and belt tensioner may contain perchlorate. Observe the le- gal requirements for their disposal.
67Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Airbag system
Introduction
Front airbags have been installed for both driver and passenger. The front airbags can also protect the chest and head of driver and passenger if the seats, seat belts head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Airbags are considered as additional safety equipment. An airbag cannot replace the safety belt, which must be worn at all times, even in front seats where front airbags have been installed.
Additional information and warnings:
Driving tips page 25
Correct sitting position page 48
Seat belts page 57
Child seats (accessories) page 76
Care and cleaning of the interior page 196
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
Notes for the user page 224
WARNING
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a means of protection.
Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary.
The airbags provide the best protection when the seat belts are prop- erly fastened, thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries page 57, Seat belts.
Before each trip, every occupant must sit properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keeping it fastened throughout the trip. This rule is valid for all occupants.
WARNING
Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects in the deployment space between them and the airbags, as this increa- ses the risk of sustaining injuries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies the airbag deployment space or the objects may fly uncontrollably and hit your body.
Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in motion.
Never transport objects on the front passenger seat. In the event of sudden braking and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in the airbag deployment space and fly uncontrollably around the interior if the airbag is activated.
Occupants of the front and rear seats must never carry any other peo- ple, pets or objects in the deployment space between them and the air- bags. Make sure children and other passengers also respect this recom- mendation.
WARNING
The airbag system provides protection for one accident only. If they have been deployed, replace them.
Ensure deployed airbags and the system components involved are im- mediately replaced with new, SEAT-approved components for the vehicle.
Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work- shop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
Never modify the airbag system components.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
68 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes and cause breathing dif- ficulties, particularly in people suffering from or who have suffered from asthma or other illnesses of the respiratory tract. To reduce breathing dif- ficulties, get out of the vehicle and open and doors and windows to breath in fresh air.
Should you touch the dust, wash your hands and face using a mild soap and water before you eat.
Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or open wounds.
Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust in them.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could cause serious injury.
Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules with cleaners containing solvents.
69Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Types of front passenger airbag systems
There are 2 different SEAT front passenger airbag systems:
A B
Characteristics of the passenger front airbag without disabling.
Characteristics of the front passen- ger airbag that can be disabled manually page 73.
- * Control lamp on the instru- ment panel.
Control lamp on the instrument panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in dash panel.
- PASSENGER AIR BAG control lamp on the dash panel.
- Key switch in the glove compart- ment on the front passenger side of the dash panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in dash panel.
- Description: airbag system - Description: airbag system with front passenger airbag disabling.
- Description: airbag system without disabling.*
Control lamps
Fig. 46 Control lamp for disabling the front pas- senger airbag on the dash panel.
lights up
City Possible cause Solution
Instrument panel
Fault in airbag system and seat belt tension- ers.
Have the system checked immediately by a Special- ised workshop.
Dash panel.
Fault in the airbag system.
Have the system checked immediately by a Special- ised workshop.
Front passenger air- bag disabled.
Check whether the airbag should remain disabled.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG warning lamp does not remain lit or if it is lit together with the control lamp on the instrument panel and the front passenger airbag is disabled, there may be a fault in the airbag system .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
70 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries.
Have the airbag system checked immediately by a Specialised work- shop.
Never mount a child seat in the front passenger seat or remove the mounted child seat! The front passenger airbag may deploy during an ac- cident in spite of the fault.
CAUTION Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Description and function of the airbag
The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the event of an accidents, cush- ioning the movement of the occupants in the direction of the collision in frontal and side accidents.
Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. This causes the airbag covers to break and the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in their entire deploy- ment space within fractions of a second. When an occupant with the seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on the inflated airbag, the propellant gas escapes to absorb the force of the impact and slow the movement. This reduces the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment does not mean that other types of injury such as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, friction can cause the generation of heat.
Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower part of the body.
The most important factors for triggering the airbag are the type of accident, the angle of impact, the vehicle speed and the characteristics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore, airbags are not triggered every time the vehicle is visibly damaged.
The activation of the airbag system depends on the magnitude of the decel- eration of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers through an elec- tronic control unit. If the deceleration magnitude value is below the refer- ence value programmed in the control unit, the airbags will not deploy de- spite serious damage being caused to the vehicle by the accident. Damage suffered by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of damage suffered from the accident are not indications of whether an airbag should have been deployed. Due to the varying nature of collision situations, it is impos- sible to define a speed range of the vehicle and reference values. For this reason, it is not possible to cover all types of collisions and collision angles resulting in the deployment of the airbag. Factors necessary for the airbag to be deployed can be, the characteristics of the object (hard or soft) against which the vehicle collides, the collision angle and the vehicle speed.
Airbags act in conjunction with three-point seat belts in the event of certain accidents, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags only deploy once and only under certain circumstan- ces. Seat belts remain present to offer protection in situations where air- bags are not triggered or where they have already deployed. For example, when a vehicle hits another after an initial collision or is hit by another vehi- cle.
The airbag system is an integral part of the vehicle's passive safety system. The airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wear- ing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly page 48.
Vehicle safety components
The following safety equipment makes up the vehicle safety design to re- duce the risk of severe and fatal injuries. Depending on the vehicle equip- ment, some equipment may not be fitted in the vehicle or may not be avail- able in some markets.
71Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Optimised seat belts for all seats.
Seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger.
Seat belt force limiters for driver and passenger.
Seat belt warning lamp.
Frontal airbags for driver and passenger.
Side airbags for driver and passenger.
Airbag control lamp .
Control units and sensors.
Head restraints optimised for rear-end collision.
Adjustable steering column.
If necessary, anchor points for child seats for the rear seats.
Where applicable, mountings for the child seat upper retaining strap.
Situations when the front and side airbags do not deploy:
If the ignition is switched off during the collision.
In frontal collisions when the deceleration measured by the control unit is too low.
In minor side collisions.
In rear collisions.
In the event of the vehicle overturning.
When the impact speed is lower than the reference value set in the con- trol unit.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
72 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Front airbags
Fig. 47 Location and deployment area of the front air- bag for the driver.
Fig. 48 Location and deployment area of the front air- bag for the driver.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the front occupants additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a se- vere frontal collision. Always remains as far away as possible from the front
airbag page 48. This way, the front airbags can completely deploy when triggered, providing their maximum protection.
73Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel fig. 47 and the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel fig. 48. Air- bags are identified by the word AIRBAG.
When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red fig. 47 and fig. 48 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should nev- er be placed or mounted in these areas . Factory-fitted accessories are outside the range of the front airbag for the driver and the front passenger, e.g. the baseplate for the mobile telephone support.
The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel fig. 47 or dash panel fig. 48 when the driver and front passenger airbags are triggered. The air- bag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
Always keep the deployment areas of the front airbags vacant.
Never secure objects to the covers or in the deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.
The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
Never fix any object to the windscreen above the front airbag on the front passenger side.
Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the surface of the airbag module on the passenger side of the dash panel.
WARNING
Front airbags are deployed in front of the steering wheel fig. 47 and the dash panel fig. 48.
When driving, always hold the steering wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
WARNING (Continued)
Adjust the driver seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between the centre of your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. If you physical constitution prevents you from meeting these re- quirements, make sure you contact a Specialised workshop.
Adjust the front passenger seat so there is as much distance as possi- ble between the front passenger and the dash panel.
Deactivating and activating the front passenger airbag using the key switch
Fig. 49 On front passen- ger side: key switch for disabling and enabling the front passenger air- bag.
Disable the front passenger airbag when a rear-facing child seat is moun- ted.
Deactivating the front passenger airbag
Switch the ignition off.
Open the door on the front passenger side.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
74 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Unfold the key shaft page 28.
Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF fig. 49.
Close the door on the front passenger side.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG control lamp on the dash panel will re- main lit while the ignition is switched on page 69.
Activating the front passenger airbag
Switch the ignition off.
Open the door on the front passenger side.
Unfold the key shaft page 28.
Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON fig. 49.
Close the door on the front passenger side.
Check that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF control lamp on the dash panel does not light up page 69 while the ignition is switched on.
How to know whether the front passenger airbag is disabled
Disabling of the front passenger airbag is only indicated by the PASSENGER AIR BAG control lamp that remains lit on the dash panel ( re- mains yellow) page 69.
If the control lamp on the dash panel does not remain lit or is lit in combination with the control lamp on the instrument panel, a child re- straint system cannot be mounted on the front passenger seat for safety reasons. The front passenger airbag may deploy during an accident.
WARNING
Only disconnect the front passenger airbag in special cases.
Disconnect and connect the front passenger airbag when the ignition is switched off to avoid damage to the airbag system.
It is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the key operated switch is set to the correct position.
WARNING (Continued)
Only disconnect the front passenger airbag when a child seat is to be mounted under exceptional circumstances.
As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger seat, reconnect the front passenger seat airbag.
75Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Side airbags
Fig. 50 On the side of the front seat: location of the side airbag.
Fig. 51 On the left side of the vehicle: deploy- ment area of side airbag.
The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front pas- senger seat backrests fig. 50. Their position is indicated by the word AIR- BAG. The area marked in red fig. 51 indicates the side airbag deploy- ment zone.
In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle affected fig. 51, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passen- gers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
Always keep the deployment areas of the side airbags vacant.
The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
Do not mount accessories on the doors.
Only used protective covers for the seats that are approved for the ve- hicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when deployed.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the driver's and front passenger's seat could pre- vent the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe injuries.
Never remove the front seats of the vehicle or modify any of their components.
Great forces must not be exerted on the backrest bolsters because the side airbags might not deploy correctly, might not deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly.
Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a Specialised workshop.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
76 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Child seats (accessories)
Introduction
Before transporting babies and children in a child seat placed in the front passenger seat, first completely read the information regarding the airbag system.
This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, par- ticularly that of babies and children.
SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory pro- gramme. These child seats have been designed and tested for use in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child seats with different mountings from a SEAT dealership.
Additional information and warnings:
Seat belts page 57
Airbag system page 67
WARNING
Make sure children are properly belted in and correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion.
Never use a rear-facing child seat in the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is enabled.
Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.
Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight.
Children must assume the proper sitting position and be properly bel- ted in while travelling.
WARNING (Continued)
Ensure the backrest of a seat is upright when a child seat is being used on it.
Do not allow the child's head or other part of his or her body to enter the deployment area of the side airbags.
Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned.
Never hold children or babies on your lap or in your arms.
Only one child may occupy a child seat.
Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling in- structions.
WARNING
An empty or loose child seat could fly uncontrollably around the vehicle interior and cause injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
When not in use while the vehicle is in motion, always safely secure it or store it in the luggage compartment.
Note Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.
77Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
General information on transporting children in the vehicle
Legal regulations and provisions will always take priority over the descrip- tions of this instruction manual. There are different regulations and provi- sions for the use of child seats and their mountings (table on page 77). In some countries, for example, the use of child seats on certain seats in the vehicle may be forbidden.
The physical principles and the forces acting on the vehicle in the event of a collision or other type of accidents also apply to children page 57. Howev- er, unlike adults and youngsters, children do not have fully developed mus- cle and bone structures. In the event of an accident, children are subject to a greater risk than adults of sustaining severe injuries.
Given that children's bodies are not yet fully developed, child restraint sys- tems must be used that are especially adapted to their height, weight and constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that determine the use of approved seat systems for transporting babies and children.
Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle. Always consult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised workshop should you have any doubts.
Checklist
To transport children in the vehicle :
Observe the legal requirements specific to each country.
For safety reasons, SEAT recommends that children under 12 years of age are transported on the rear seats.
Only if you have no alternative should a child travel on the front pas- senger seat page 79. The safest place in the vehicle is on the rear seat behind the front passenger seat.
Child must always use a child restraint system when travelling in the vehicle. The child restraint system must be suitable for the height, weight and constitution of the child.
Only one child may occupy a child seat.
Follow the user instructions from the child seat manufacturer and al- ways keep them in the vehicle.
If the child seat is secured using the seat belt, guide the seat belt through or around the child seat according to the instructions of the child seat manufacturer.
Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned and that the child is sitting properly.
The child seat should be installed on the rear seat behind the front passenger seat so that the child can exit the vehicle on the kerb side.
Do not leave toys or other loose objects on the child seat or on the seat while the vehicle is in motion.
Specific child seat regulations for each country (selection)
Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441) regulation. You can consult ad- ditional information at your SEAT dealership at the internet address www.seat.es.
Categorisation of child seats according to ECE-R 44
Weight category Weight of the child Age
Group 0 children up to 10 kg up to approximately. 9 months
Group 0+ children up to 13 kg up to approximately. 18
months
Group 1 9 to 18 kg approx. 8 months to 3 1/2
years
Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years
Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years
Not all children fit in the seat of their weight group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle. Therefore, always check whether the child fits properly in the child seat and whether the seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.
1) ECE-R: Economic Commission for Europe Regulation.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
78 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 regulation are fitted with the corre- sponding approval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in a circle with the identification number below it.
WARNING
Not following the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to ac- cidents and severe injuries.
Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
WARNING
In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are belted correctly, in the event of an accident.
A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the rear seats offer the most protection possible for babies and children up to 12 years in most accidents.
Different mounting systems
Fig. 52 On the rear seats: figure A shows the basic child restraint system mounting using lower retaining rings and the upper retaining strap. Figure B shows the child restraint system mounting using the vehicle's seat belt.
Always secure child seats properly and safely in the vehicle according to the child seat manufacturer's installation instructions.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock more than 2.5 cm.
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap must also be secured using the Top Tether retaining strap in the vehicle page 83. Only attach the retain- ing strap to the corresponding retaining rings. Not all rings can be used with the Top Tether system. Always tighten the Top Tether retaining strap so that the child seat fits snugly against the corresponding seat in the vehicle.
79Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Specific mounting systems for each country
Attachment variants fig. 52:
Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper retaining strap page 81 and page 83.
Three-point seat belt and upper retaining strap page 80.
The systems include the child restraint system mounting with an upper re- taining strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on the seat.
Use of the child seat on the front passenger seat
Transporting children on the front passenger seat is not permitted in all countries. Furthermore, not all child seats are approved for use on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT dealership has an updated list of all approved child seats. Only used child seats that are approved for each vehicle.
The frontal airbag on the front passenger side is highly dangerous for a child. The front passenger seat is life-threatening to a child if he or she is transported in a rear-facing child seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating airbag can strike it with such great force that severe or fatal injuries may re- sult . Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be used on the front passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled.
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the front pas- senger airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the yellow PASSENGER AIR BAG page 67 control lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you cannot disable the front passenger airbag and it remains enabled, it is for- bidden to transport children on the front passenger seat .
A
B
Things to note if using a child seat on the front passenger seat:
The front passenger airbag must be disabled if using a rear-facing child seat page 67.
The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
Suitable child seats
The child seat must be authorised by the manufacturer especially for use on a front passenger seat with a frontal or side airbag.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
WARNING
If a child seat is mounted on the front passenger seat, the risk of the child sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increa- ses. Rear-facing child seats must never be mounted on the front passen- ger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled. This is life-threaten- ing to the child should the frontal airbag deploy, as the child seat would be struck by the inflated airbag and thrown against the backrest.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must be transported in a rear-fac- ing child seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following:
Always disable the front passenger airbag and leave it disabled.
The child seat must be approved by the manufacturer for use on a front passenger seat with frontal and side airbag.
Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and observe the warnings.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
80 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING (Continued)
Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to its highest position to keep as far away as possible from the frontal air- bag.
Move the backrest to the upright position.
Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint system suited to their height and weight.
Use of the child seat on the rear seat
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, adapt the position of the front passenger seat so that the child has enough space. Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to the size of the child seat and the height of the child. Ensure the passenger is in the correct position page 48.
Suitable child seats
The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with side airbags.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats
ISOFIX child seats are divided into certified categories universal, semi- universal or specific categories for the vehicle.
If the ISOFIX child seat is certified universal, it must be supported by the lower anchor points and the Top Tether retaining strap.
If the ISOFIX child seat is certified semi-universal or specific catego- ries for the vehicle, check that the child seat is certified for the vehicle be- fore employing it. The child seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the
ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which the corresponding ISOFIX child seat has been certified. If necessary, contact the child seat manufacturer for an updated list of vehicles.
Securing child seats with the seat belt
The seat belt may be used to secure child seats with the universal marking (on the orange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table be- low.
Category Front passenger Rear seats
Group 0 Up to 10 kg
u u
Category 0+ Up to 13 kg
u u
Group 1 9 to 18 kg
u u
Group 2 15 to 25 kg
u u
Group 3 22 to 36 kg
u u
Securing the child seat using the seat belt
Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instruc- tions.
Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as pos- sible and, in the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the upright posi- tion page 48.
Positioning the child seat on the seat according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the child seat structure in the man- ner described in the manufacturer's instructions.
81Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it down until it is securely locked with an audible click.
Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly on the child seat.
Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible to pull the lower belt web- bing out).
Removing the child seat
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a stand- still .
Press the red button on the buckle. The latch plate is released from the buckle.
Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged.
Remove the child seat from the vehicle.
WARNING
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill.
Securing the child seat using the lower anchor points (ISOFIX, LATCH)
Fig. 53 On the vehicle seat: Identification var- iants of the anchor points for the child seats.
Each seat of the rear seat bench has two retainers named lower anchor points.
Overview of ISOFIX installation
In compliance with the European directive ECE 16, The following table de- tails the installation possibilities for ISOFIX child seats with the lower an- chor points in each of the vehicle seats.
The allowed body weight for the child seat or information regarding size A to G is indicated on the label on the child seat with certification universal or semi-universal.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
82 Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Group (weight category)
Group 0: children up to 10 kg
Group 0: children up to 10 kg Group 1: 9 to 18 kg
Group 0+: children up to 13 kg
Installation direction facing backwards
(in the direction oppo- site to travel)
facing backwards (in the direction opposite to trav-
el)
facing backwards (in the direction oppo-
site to travel)
facing forwards (in the direction of travel)
Size F G C D E C D A B B1
installed on front passenger seat Seat does not have anchor points, it is not possible to secure with ISOFIX/LATCH
Installed on the rear seat bench IL-SU IL-SU IL-SU IUF/IL-SU
IL-SU: seat suitable for installing an ISOFIX child seat with certification semi-universal, take note of the list of vehicles of the manufacturer of the child seat.
IUF: seat suitable for the installation of an ISOFIX child seat with certifica- tion universal and with Top Tether retaining strap.
Child seats with rigid mounting
For the installation of a child seat with rigid mounting auxiliary introduction elements can be used. Using auxiliary introduction elements facilitates in- stallation and protects upholstery. Auxiliary introduction elements form part of the supply volume of the child seat or can be acquired at a SEAT dealer- ship. If necessary, auxiliary introduction elements are inserted in both an- chor points of the vehicle .
Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat .
Press the child seat onto the retaining rings fig. 53 in the direction of the arrow. Safely engage the child seat and click it audibly into place.
Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
Child seat with adjustable retaining straps
Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat .
Place the child seat on the seat cushion and attach the retaining strap hooks to the retaining rings fig. 53.
Tighten the straps evenly using the corresponding adjustment device. The child seat must sit flush against the vehicle seat.
Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
WARNING
The lower anchor points for child seats do not include rings. Only secure booster seats to lower anchor points.
CAUTION To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary introduction elements from the anchor points when the child seat is not in- stalled in the vehicle anchor points.
To prevent damage being done to the upholstery, the padding or the auxiliary introduction elements, always remove the auxiliary introduction el- ements from the anchor points before folding the rear seat bench.
83Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Securing a child seat using a Top Tether retaining strap
Fig. 54 Example of a up- per retaining strap con- nected.
Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing the child seat .
Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently forward page 55.
Remove the head restraints situated behind the child seat and store them safely in the vehicle page 48.
Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the lug- gage compartment, feeding it through the seat backrest and the rear shelf.
Fold back the seat backrest and push it firmly into the lock.
Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points page 81
Hook the upper retaining strap in the luggage compartment, to the cor- responding retaining ring fig. 54.
Tighten the strap so that the top of the child seat rests on the backrest.
WARNING
Child seats with lower anchor points and with an upper retaining strap must be installed in line with the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to comply could result in severe injuries.
Always secure just one retaining strap to a child seat with the lug- gage compartment retaining ring.
Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.
Never secure the retaining strap to a retainer.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
84 Lights and visibility
Lights and visibility
Lights
Introduction
Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each country.
The driver is personally responsible for the correct use and adjustment of the lights in all situations.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
SEAT information system page 22
Changing bulbs page 255
WARNING
If the headlights are set too high and the main beam is not used correct- ly, there is a risk of dazzling or distracting other road users. This could result in serious accident.
Always make sure that the headlamps are correctly adjusted.
Never use the main beam or flashed headlamps as this could dazzle other drivers.
Warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
Rear fog light switched on. page 86.
Fog lights switched on. page 86.
Left or right turn signal. The control lamp flashes twice as fast when a vehicle turn sig- nal is faulty.
If necessary, check the vehicle lighting.
Main beam on or flasher on. page 85.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Park the vehicle at a suitable distance away from the traffic ensuring that the exhaust system is not in contact with inflammable material, for example, dry grass, fuel, oil, etc.
A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for oth- er road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
85Lights and visibility
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Turn signal and main beam lever
Fig. 55 Turn signal and main beam lever in their initial position.
Move the lever to the required position:
Right turn signal.
Left turn signal.
Switching on main beam . When the main beam is switched on, the warning lamp is switched on in the instrument panel.
Switch on the flasher or switch off the main beam headlights. The flash- ed beam comes on if the lever is pressed. The warning lamp will light up during this process.
1
2
3
4
Push the lever all the way down to turn off the corresponding function.
Convenience turn signals
For the convenience turn signals, move the lever as far as possible upwards or downwards and release the lever. The turn signal will flash 3 times.
The convenience indicators can be deactivated at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the headlamps may cause accidents and serious injury, as the main beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.
Note The turn signal only works when the ignition is switched on. The hazard warning lights system also works when the ignition is switched off page 231.
Note If any of both turn signals fails, the warning lamp will start flashing twice faster than normal.
Note The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam headlights are already on.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
86 Lights and visibility
Turning on and off lights
Fig. 56 Next to the steering wheel: diagram of some of the types of light switch.
Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each country.
Turn the light switch to the required position fig. 56:
when the ignition is turned off when the ignition is on
Fog lights, dipped beam and side lights off.
Lights off, daytime driving light on.
Side light on. Side light on.
Dipped beam off; if necessary, the side light comes on for a time.
Dipped beam switched on.
Fog lights*
The control lamp appears on the fog lights control connected.
Switching on the fog lights : Turn the switch to position or pull out to the first stop.
Switching on the rear fog light : turn the light switch to position or pull out to the maximum.
To switch off the fog lights, press the light switch or turn it to position .
Audible warnings to advise the driver that the lights have not been switched off
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warn- ing signal is heard in the following cases: This is a reminder to turn off the lights.
When the light switch is in position .
When the light switch is in position .
87Lights and visibility
WARNING
The side lights or daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illumi- nate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see you.
Always use your dipped beam head lights if it is raining or if visibility is poor.
Lights and visibility: functions
Parking light remains on both sides
If when switching off the ignition, the light control remains in the posi- tion and the vehicle is closed from outside, both headlights, in addition to the side lights and the rear lights will light up.
Daytime driving light
The daytime driving light consists of individual lights in the front head- lamps.
When the daytime driving light is switched on, only the individual lights come on .
The daytime lights are switched on each time the ignition is turned on if the light switch is in position .
Switching the daytime driving light on and off
To switch the daytime driving light on or off, it is necessary to fit or remove the corresponding fuse. Ask for professional assistance for this.
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a risk of accident.
Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a re- sult of the weather conditions and poor visibility. The daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see you.
The rear lights do not come on with the daytime driving light. A vehi- cle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other drivers in the darkness, if it is raining or in conditions of poor visibility.
Note The headlights, rear lights and turn signals may mist up temporarily on the inside in cool or damp weather. This is normal and in no way effects the useful life of the vehicle lighting system.
Adjusting the headlights
In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the home country, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle drivers of oncom- ing vehicles.
For this reason, stickers may need to be used to cover the headlights when driving abroad. For further information, please refer to a specialised work- shop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Note The use of stickers to cover headlights is only permitted over a short period. To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanently, please take the vehicle to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Techni- cal Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
88 Lights and visibility
Headlight range control, lighting of instruments and controls
Fig. 57 Next to the steering wheel: Head- light range control.
Headlamp height adjustment
The headlight range control fig. 57 is modified according to the value of the headlight beam and the vehicle load status. This offers the driver opti- mum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers .
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To reset, turn switch fig. 57:
Value Vehicle load statusa)
Two front occupants, luggage compartment empty
1 All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty
2 All seats occupied, luggage compartment full.
3 Driver only, luggage compartment full.
a) If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table, it is possible to select intermediary positions.
Instrument and switch lighting
When the side lights or dipped beam headlights are switched on, the light- ing for instruments and controls lights up at a constant brightness.
WARNING
Heavy objects in the vehicle may mean that the headlights dazzle and distract other drivers. This could result in serious accident.
Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not blind other drivers.
Reading light
Button / Switch
Function
Switching off the reading light.
Switching on the reading light.
Switches door contact control on (central position). The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is un- locked, a door is opened or the key is removed from the ignition. The light goes off a few seconds after all the doors are closed, the vehicle is locked or the ignition is switched on.
Note The reading lights go out when the vehicle is locked, or a few minutes after the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the battery from dis- charging.
89Lights and visibility
Sun blind
Introduction
WARNING
Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use.
Sun visors
Fig. 58 Sun visor.
Options for adjusting driver and front passenger sun visors:
Lower by unfolding towards the windscreen.
The sun visor can be pulled out of its mounting and turned towards the door.
Swing the sun visor towards the door, longitudinally backwards.
Vanity mirror*
There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun visor on the passenger side and a cardholder in the driver sun visor.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
90 Lights and visibility
Heat-insulating glass windscreen
Fig. 59 Windscreen with reflective infrared and metal coating and small window (red surface).
The heat-insulating windscreens include a reflective infrared coating. The section above the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated (communication window) to allow electric components from the accessories shop to operate correctly fig. 59.
CAUTION When the uncoated surface is covered or has a sticker on the interior or ex- terior, malfunctions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover the uncoated surface on the interior or exterior.
91Lights and visibility
Window wash/wipe system
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Air recirculation mode page 158
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
WARNING
Water from the windscreen washer water bottle may freeze on the wind- screen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibili- ty.
In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.
In cold conditions, you should not use the wash / wipe system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The anti- freeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of acci- dent and serious injury.
Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly.
CAUTION In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before using the windscreen wipers for the first time. In cold weather, it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the windscreen wipers in serv- ice position page 93.
Windscreen wiper lever
Fig. 60 Using the wind- screen wipers.
Fig. 61 Using the rear window wipers.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
92 Lights and visibility
Move the lever to the required position :
0 Windscreen wiper off.
1 Windscreen interval wipe.
2 Slow wipe.
3 Continuous wipe.
4 Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever down for more time to increase the wipe frequency.
5 Automatic wipe for cleaning windscreens with the lever up.
6 Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper will clean the win- dow approximately every 6 seconds.
7 Automatic wipe for cleaning rear windows with the lever pressed.
CAUTION If the ignition is switched off while the windscreen wipers are on, the wind- screen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the ignition is switch- ed back on. Ice, snow and other obstacles may damage the windscreen wip- er and the wiper motor.
If necessary, remove snow and ice from the windscreen wipers before starting your journey.
Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers from the glass. SEAT recom- mends a de-icer spray for this operation.
Note The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
Note The interval wipe speed varies according to the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is moving, the more often the windscreen is cleaned.
Note The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is connected and the vehicle is in reverse gear.
Windscreen wiper functions
Windscreen wiper performance in different situations:
If the vehicle is at a stand- still:
The activated position provisionally changes to the previous position.
For the interval wipe: The intervals between wipes vary according to the speed of the vehicle. The higher the vehicle speed the shorter the intervals.
Note The windscreen wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the windscreen. The windscreen wiper will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path. Remove the obstacle and switch the windscreen wiper back on again.
93Lights and visibility
Windscreen wipers service position
Fig. 62 Windscreen wip- ers in service position.
The wiper arms can be raised when the wipers are in service position fig. 62. To place the windscreen wipers in the service position, proceed as follows:
The bonnet must be closed page 171.
Switching the ignition on and off.
Press the windscreen wiper lever downwards briefly fig. 60 4 .
Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. When the ignition is switched on, the windscreen wiper arms return to their initial position upon activating the windscreen wiper lever.
Lifting and returning windscreen wiper arms
Place the windscreen wiper arms in the service position .
Only hold the windscreen wiper arms at the point where the blade is fixed.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the bonnet and the windscreen wiper arms, only leave them in the service position.
Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.
Checking and topping up the windscreen washer bottle with water
Fig. 63 In the engine compartment: wind- screen washer bottle top.
Check the water level in the windscreen washer bottle regularly and top up as required.
Open the bonnet page 171.
The washer bottle is marked with the symbol on the lid fig. 63.
Check there is enough water in the bottle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
94 Lights and visibility
To top up, mix water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT . Please follow the instructions for use found on the packaging.
In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent the water from freezing .
Bottle capacity
The washer bottle capacity is approximately. 3 litres.
WARNING
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other similar products with the windscreen washer water. A greasy layer may be formed on the wind- screen which will impair visibility.
Use clean water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT.
If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to the water bottle.
CAUTION Do not mix cleaning products recommended by SEAT with other prod- ucts. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer jets.
When topping up service fluids, make absolutely certain that you fill the fluids into the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
95Lights and visibility
Rear vision mirror
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Rear vision mirror
Fig. 64 Manual anti-daz- zle function for rear vi- sion mirror.
The driver should always adjust the rear vision mirror to permit adequate visibility through the rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror
Basic position: point the lever at the bottom of the mirror forwards.
Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function fig. 64.
Exterior mirrors
Fig. 65 In the front doors: button to adjust the mechanical exterior rear vision mirror.
Fig. 66 In the driver door: rotary control for the exterior electric mir- rors.
Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the adjust button fig. 65 or the ro- tary control* fig. 66.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
96 Lights and visibility
Turn the rotary control fig. 66 to the required position:
Switch on the exterior mirror heating.
Adjust the left-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Zero position. Exterior mirror heating switched off, it is not possible to adjust the exterior mirrors.
Adjust the right-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position is possible through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vi- sion mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the window until it clicks into place.
WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior rear vision mirror, taking care to avoid inju- ries.
Only fold or unfold the exterior rear vision mirror when there is no- one in the way of the mirror.
When moving the rear vision mirror, take care not to trap fingers be- tween the mirror and the mirror bracket.
WARNING
Failure to correctly estimate the distance of the vehicle behind could lead to serious accident.
Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors increase the field of vision, how- ever objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors.
The use of these mirrors to estimate the distance to the next vehicle when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident.
WARNING (Continued)
If possible, use the rear vision mirror to estimate distances to vehi- cles behind you or in other circumstances.
Make sure that the rear visibility is adequate.
For the sake of the environment The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer nee- ded. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel consumption.
Note In the event of faults, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.
97Transporting
Transporting
Driving tips
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carry- ing capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have ef- fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability .
Additional information and warnings:
Rear lid page 40
To lower the front passenger seat backrest page 55
Light page 84
Luggage compartment page 100
Roof carrier page 104
Wheels and tyres page 201
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is es- pecially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the follow- ing:
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy objects in the luggage compartment.
WARNING (Continued)
Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of sudden braking or an accident.
Always ensure that objects inside the vehicle cannot move into the deployment area of the bags while driving.
While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
Remove all objects from the front passenger seat when this is fol- lowed down. When the seat backrest is folded down, it presses on small and light objects and these are detected by the weight sensor on the seat; this sends false information to the airbag control unit.
While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal airbag must remain disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF light on.
Objects secured in the vehicle should never be placed in such a way as to make passengers sit in an incorrect position.
If secured objects occupy a seat then this should not be occupied or used by anybody.
WARNING
The driving behaviour and braking ability change when transporting heavy and large objects.
Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
Accelerate gently and carefully.
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
Brake early.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
98 Transporting
Transporting a load
Secure all objects in the vehicle
Distribute the load throughout the vehicle and on the roof as uniformly as possible.
Transport heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage com- partment and lock the seat backs in the vertical position.
Check the headlight adjustment page 84.
Use the suitable tyre pressure according to the load being transported. Read the tire pressure information label page 201.
CAUTION Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
Note Please refer to the notes on loading the roof carrier page 104.
Driving with the rear lid open
Driving with the rear lid open creates an additional risk. Secure all objects and secure the rear lid correctly and take all measures possible to reduce toxic gases from entering the vehicle.
WARNING
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries.
Always drive with the rear lid closed.
WARNING (Continued)
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose items could fall out of the ve- hicle and injure other road users or damage other vehicles.
Drive particularly carefully and think ahead.
Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking given that this could cause an uncontrolled movement of the open rear lid.
When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compart- ment, indicate them suitably. Observe legal requirements.
If objects must project out of the luggage compartment, the rear lid must never be used to secure or attach objects.
If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it should be removed before travelling with the rear lid open.
WARNING
Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior when the rear lid is open. This could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poisoning, serious injury and accidents.
To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle always drive with the rear lid closed.
In exceptional circumstances, if you must drive with the rear lid open, observe the following to reduce the entry of toxic gases inside the vehi- cle:
Close all windows.
Disable air recirculation mode.
Open all of the air outlets on the instrument panel.
Switch on the blower to maximum.
CAUTION An open rear lid changes the length and height of the vehicle.
99Transporting
Driving a loaded vehicle
For the best handling when driving a loaded vehicle, note the following:
Secure all objects page 98.
Accelerate gently and carefully.
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
Brake early.
If necessary, read the instructions for driving with a roof carrier system page 104.
WARNING
A sliding load could considerably affect the stability and safety of the ve- hicle resulting in an accident with serious consequences.
Secure loads correctly so they do not move.
When transporting heavy objects, use suitable ropes or straps.
Lock the seat backs in vertical position.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
100 Transporting
Loading luggage compartment
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carry- ing capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have ef- fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability .
Additional information and warnings:
Airbag system page 67
Light page 84
Transporting page 97
Wheels and tyres page 201
WARNING
When the vehicle is not in use or being watched, always lock the doors and the rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
Do not leave children unwatched, especially when the rear lid is open. Children could climb into the luggage compartment, close the rear lid from inside and be unable to escape themselves. This could lead to seri- ous injury or death.
Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle.
Never transport people in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is es- pecially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the follow- ing:
Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy objects in the luggage compartment.
Always secure objects with suitable rope or straps so that they can- not enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of sudden braking or an accident.
While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the interior, in open storage compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash panel.
Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from clothes and pockets in- side the vehicle and store securely.
WARNING
The transport of heavy object changes vehicle handling and increases braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or secured cor- rectly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury.
The vehicle handling changes when transporting heavy objects due to a change in the centre of gravity.
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible.
Store heavy objects in the luggage compartment as far from the rear axle as possible.
CAUTION Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
101Transporting
Note The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.
Folding and lifting up the rear seat bench backrest
Fig. 67 Rear seat: unlock button A ; red marking B .
The rear seat backrest can be folded forward to extend the luggage com- partment.
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards
Push the head restraint down as far as it will go or remove it if necessary page 48 and store it in a safe place.
Pull the unlock switch fig. 67 A forwards whilst simultaneously lifting the rear seat backrest.
The rear seat backrest is engaged when the red marking of the button B is visible.
If the rear seat backrest is folded, people (including children) are not permitted to travel in the rear folded seats.
Folding up the rear seat backrest
Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock un- til it clicks securely into place .
The red marking on the unlock button B must not be seen.
Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat is securely locked in posi- tion so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats.
If necessary, install and adjust the head restraints again page 48.
WARNING
Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without pay- ing attention could cause serious injury.
Never fold or lift the seats while driving.
Do no trap or damage seat belts when raising the backrest.
Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the range of the rear seat backrests when folding and lifting them.
All backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear seats to work properly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not cor- rectly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with the rear seat backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden manoeuvres or an acci- dent.
A red signal on the button B warns that the backrest is not engaged. Always check that the red marking is not visible when the backrest of the rear seat is in the upright position.
No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or not correctly engaged.
CAUTION Before folding the backrest of the rear seat, adjust the front seats so that the head restraint or backrest do not hit them when it is folded. If necessary, remove the head restraints page 48 and store them safely.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
102 Transporting
Rear shelf*
Fig. 68 In the luggage compartment: removing and installing the rear shelf.
You may put light items of clothing on the rear shelf. Check that the rear view is not limited.
Lifting up the rear shelf
Lift up the rear shelf and secure it into the side locks fig. 68 1 . Check that it is correctly engaged. To lower the rear shelf, press it until it is re- leased from the locks.
Removing the shelf
Pull the rear shelf upwards, removing it from the side supports 2 .
Lifting up the rear shelf
Press the rear shelf downwards into the side supports 2 .
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking or even an accident.
Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.
Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Always lower it or remove it be- fore the journey.
CAUTION To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged:
Always check that the rear shelf is firmly engaged into the side supports.
Regulate the height of the load in the luggage compartment to ensure the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.
Fastening rings*
In the front part of the luggage compartment, there may be fastening rings to secure the luggage.
In order to use the fastening rings, they must be lifted beforehand.
103Transporting
WARNING
If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they could break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects could then be launched across the passenger compartment and cause serious or fatal injuries.
It is important to always use belts or retaining straps that are suita- ble and in a good condition.
Belts and retaining straps should be securely fastened to the fasten- ing rings.
Objects in the luggage compartment that are unsecured could move suddenly and modify the handling of the vehicle.
Small and light objects must also be secured.
The maximum tensile load of the fastening ring for securing objects should never be exceeded.
A child seat should never be secured with the fastening rings.
Note The maximum tensile load that the fastening rings can support is 3.5 kN.
Belts and securing systems for the appropriate load can be obtained from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this.
Retaining hooks
Fig. 69 In the luggage compartment: retaining hooks.
There may be hooks in the upper left and right part of the luggage compart- ment.
WARNING
Never use these hooks to secure objects. In case of sudden braking or an accident, the hooks could rupture.
CAUTION The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg individually.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
104 Transporting
Roof carrier system
Introduction
The vehicle roof has been designed to optimise aerodynamics. For this rea- son, conventional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water drains.
Given that the water drains have been incorporated into the roof for aerody- namic reasons, only the SEAT approved basic supports and roof carrier sys- tems can be used.
When the roof carrier system should be removed:
When it is not being used.
When the vehicle is being washed in a car wash.
When the vehicle height exceeds the maximum height, for example, in a garage.
Additional information and warnings:
Light page 84
Transporting page 97
Ecological driving page 138
Wheels and tyres page 201
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads on the roof, which affects the vehicle's handling by shifting the centre of gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds.
Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attach- ment rope or straps.
Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerody- namics, centre of gravity and handling.
Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking.
Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
CAUTION Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car wash.
The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carri- er and the load secured on it. Compare the vehicle height with the passage height, for example in underground car parks or entering garage doors.
The roof antenna and the range of the rear lid should not be affected by the roof carrier system and the load being transported.
Take extra care not to let the rear lid strike the roof load when opening.
For the sake of the environment The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof carrier system is fitted.
105Transporting
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
Fig. 70 Attachment points for the basic sup- port and the roof carrier system.
The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system. Special fixtures must then be added in order to safely transport luggage, bicycles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. The suitable accessories can be acquired at SEAT dealerships.
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the in- structions provided.
The front attachment opening can be found in the lower part of the sides of the roof and are fixed with plastic bolts fig. 70 (left magnified image). The openings can only be seen with the door open. The markings for attachment in the lower part are found in the upper part of the rear side windows fig. 70 (right magnified image).
The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the dia- gram.
WARNING
If the base supports and the roof carrier system are incorrectly fitted or used in an unsuitable manner, the entire system could break free causing accident and injury.
Always take the manufacturer assembly instructions into account.
Only use base supports and roof carrier systems that are not dam- aged and are correctly fitted.
The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram fig. 70.
Secure the base supports and roof carrier system correctly.
Check the screw fittings and attachments before driving and after a short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments during every break.
Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surf- boards, etc.
Never change or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system.
Note Read and take into account the instructions included with the roof carrier system fitted and keep them in the vehicle.
Loading the roof carrier system
Loads can only be correctly secured when the roof carrier system is correctly fitted .
Maximum authorised roof load
The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The roof load includes the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the load being transported .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
106 Transporting
Always check the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the weight of the load to be transported and, if necessary, weigh them. Nev- er exceed the maximum authorised roof load.
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating, you cannot trans- port the maximum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for the roof carrier given in the fitting instructions.
Distributing a load
Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly .
Check attachments
After fitting the base supports and the roof carrier system, always check the attachments after a short trip or at regular intervals.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents and/or vehicle damage.
Always respect the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the max- imum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum authorised weight of the vehicle.
Never exceed the capacity of the roof carrier system even if this is less than the maximum authorised roof load.
Secure heavy objects towards the front and distribute the load even- ly.
WARNING
Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall from the roof carrier system causing accidents and injury.
Always use suitable ropes and straps in good condition.
Always secure loads correctly.
107Transporting
Trailer coupling
Information about trailer coupling
The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling. The vehicle is not equipped in the manufacture with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit a tow- ing bracket.
WARNING
Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and seri- ous injuries while operating the vehicle.
Never install a towing bracket on the vehicle.
The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is mov- ing.
CAUTION Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and costly damage that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
108 Practical equipment
Practical equipment
Storage compartments
Introduction
Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects.
Additional information and warnings:
Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior page 196
Booklet Radio system
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects in the interior of the vehicle in: open storage compartments, dash panel, stor- age tray, items of clothing or bags.
While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the risk of a serious accident.
Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath them.
The floor mat should always be secured to the floor.
WARNING (Continued)
Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory.
Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating ele- ment in the heated rear window and cause damage.
Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, food or medicines inside the vehicle. Heat and cold could damage them or render them useless.
Light-transparent objects placed inside the vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, could con- centrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.
Note The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.
109Practical equipment
Storage compartment on the driver side
Fig. 71 On the driver side: storage compart- ment.
There may be a storage compartment on the driver side.
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or sharp in the open storage compartment.
Compartment on the centre console
Fig. 72 In the front part of the centre console: storage compartment.
The storage compartment fig. 72 may be used as a drink holder page 113 or as an ashtray* page 115 or to store small objects.
Note A 12 volt electrical socket page 118 can be found in the storage compart- ment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
110 Practical equipment
Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side*
Fig. 73 Storage compartment with cover on the pas- senger side.
There may be a storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.
Opening and closing the storage compartment cover
Pull the lever to open fig. 73 1 .
To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.
Sunglasses storage compartment.
Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment.
The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage compartment 2 .
Supports
Next to the sunglasses storage compartment is a notebook holder 3 and in the interior of the storage compartment there is a pen holder 4 , a map storage area and a purse 5 .
WARNING
The risk of serious injuries in the event of an accident during a sudden braking manoeuvre or turn is increased if the storage compartment is left open.
Keep the storage compartment closed while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION For structural reasons, some model versions will have gaps behind the glove compartment into which small objects may fall. This could lead to strange noises and damage to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store small ob- jects in the storage compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces provided.
111Practical equipment
Open storage compartment on the passenger side*
Fig. 74 Open storage compartment on the pas- senger side.
There may be an open storage compartment on the passenger side.
Support
In the open storage compartment there is a hook for bags fig. 74 1 .
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or sharp in the open storage compartment.
Storage compartment in the back of the centre console
Fig. 75 In the back part of the centre console: storage compartment.
The drink holder in the back part of the centre console page 113 can be used as a storage compartment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
112 Practical equipment
Other storage compartments
Fig. 76 In front of the rear seats: storage com- partment.
Fig. 77 In the centre pil- lars: coat hooks.
Coat hooks
In the centre pillars there are coat hooks fig. 77 (arrow).
Other storage compartments:
In the front door trims page 9.
In front of the rear seats fig. 76.
Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.
Bag hook in the luggage compartment page 100.
In the upper part of the centre console, in place of the radio fig. 6 5 .
WARNING
Clothing hung on the coat hooks could restrict the driver's view and lead to serious accidents.
Hang the clothes from the hooks so that driver's view is not restric- ted.
The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.
113Practical equipment
Drink holders
Introduction
Drink holders
The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and passenger doors.
Additional information and warnings:
Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior page 196
WARNING
Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury.
Do not place containers with hot drinks in a drink holder. During sud- den braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spilled and lead to scalding.
Ensure that bottles and other object is dropped in the driver footwell, as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working.
Never place heavy containers, food or other heavy objects in the drink holder. In the event of an accident, these heavy objects could be thrown around the interior and cause serious injuries.
WARNING
Closed bottles inside the vehicle could explode or crack due to the heat or the cold.
Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is too high or too low.
CAUTION Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage to the vehicle and the electrical system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
114 Practical equipment
Centre console drink holders
Fig. 78 In the front part of the centre console: drink holder.
Fig. 79 In the back part of the centre console: drink holder.
There are drink holders in the front and rear parts of the centre console.
Securing the drink container in the front drink holder
Fold the drink holder fig. 78 forward.
Place the drink container in the drink holder so that it surrounds it securely.
115Practical equipment
Ashtray and Lighter
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Power socket page 117
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Undue use of the ashtray and cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.
Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.
Ashtray*
Fig. 80 In the front part of the centre console: Opening the ashtray.
Opening and closing the ashtray
To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direction of the arrow fig. 80.
To close, push the ashtray lid down.
Emptying the ashtray
Remove the ashtray from the storage compartment lifting it up.
After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.
Cigarette lighter*
Fig. 81 In the front part of the centre console: lighter.
Push the button on the cigarette lighter inwards with the ignition on fig. 81.
Wait for the cigarette lighter to pop out slightly.
Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the glowing coil .
Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
116 Practical equipment
WARNING
Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other se- rious injuries.
The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar.
Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used when the ignition is switched on.
Note The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.
117Practical equipment
Electrical power socket*
Introduction
Electrical equipment can be connected to the socket in the vehicle.
Connected equipment must be in perfect condition and show no signs of faults.
Additional information and warnings:
Cigarette lighter page 115
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Improper use of the socket or electrical devices could lead to a fire and cause serious injuries.
Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and equipment connected to it can be used when the ignition is switched on.
Should a connected electrical device overheat, switch it off and un- plug it immediately.
CAUTION To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical system, never connect equip- ment that generates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery charg- ers, to the 12 Volt sockets in order to charge the vehicle's battery.
Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility ac- cording to current regulations.
To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all appliances con- nected to the 12 V socket before switching the ignition on or off and before starting the engine.
Never connect an appliance to the 12 Volt socket that consumes more than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the maximum power absorp- tion could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment Do not leave the engine running when the vehicle is at a standstill.
Note Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switch- ed on will drain the battery.
Note Unshielded equipment can cause interference on the radio system equip- ment and the vehicle's electrical system.
Note If electrical equipment is used near an aerial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
118 Practical equipment
Vehicle socket
Fig. 82 Front centre con- sole: 12 Volt socket in the storage compart- ment.
Maximum power consumption
Socket Maximum power consumption
12 Volts 120 Watts
The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power con- sumption is indicated on the rating plate of each appliance.
Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating of all the connected devices must never exceed 190 Watts .
12 volt socket
The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment in the front part of the centre console fig. 82 and only functions when the ignition is switch- ed on.
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switch- ed on will drain the battery. Therefore, electrical consumers connected to the socket must only be used when the engine is running.
To prevent voltage variations from causing damage, switch off the electrical consumer connected to the 12 Volt socket before switching the ignition on or off and before starting the engine.
CAUTION Always follow the operating instructions for the appliances to be con- nected!
Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehi- cle's general electrical system.
12 volt socket:
Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility ac- cording to current regulations.
Never power the socket.
119Starting, changing gears, parking
While driving
Starting, changing gears, parking
Stopping and starting the engine
Introduction
Immobilizer display
When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault, is dis- played on the instrument panel. The engine cannot be started.
Pushing or towing
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is preferable.
Additional information and warnings:
Vehicle key set page 28
Changing gear page 124
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Steering page 141
Refuelling page 165
Fuel page 169
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
Jump starting page 264
Tow-starting and towing away page 267
WARNING
Switching off the engine while driving makes stopping the vehicle diffi- cult. As a consequence you may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
The assisted braking and steering systems, the airbag system, safety belts and certain safety equipment are only active while the engine is running.
The engine should only be switched off when the vehicle is at a standstill.
WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it could help reduce the risk of se- rious injury.
Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, colourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose conscious- ness. It can also cause death.
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehi- cle could move off suddenly or something unexpected could happen re- sulting in damage and serious injury.
Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays could explode or increase the engine speed unexpectedly.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
120 Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc).
Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the ex- haust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust sys- tem.
Ignition lock
Fig. 83 Vehicle key positions.
Vehicle keys fig. 83
No key in the ignition lock: The steering lock may be activated.
0 Ignition switched off. Key can be removed from the vehicle.
1 Ignition is switched on. The steering lock can be unlocked.
2 Switch on the engine. Release the key when the engine has star- ted. When it is released, the key returns to position 1 .
Key not authorised for the vehicle
If a key which is not authorised for this vehicle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be removed as follows:
Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the ignition.
121Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key could result in serious in- jury.
Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Note If the key is left in the ignition lock with the engine off for long periods, the vehicle battery will run flat.
Starting the engine
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
1. Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 5 has been
completed.
1 a. In vehicles with a manual gearbox: Press the clutch pedal all
the way and keep pressed until the engine starts.
2. Move the gear lever into the neutral position.
3. Turn the key in the ignition lock to position fig. 83 2 ; do
not press the accelerator.
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
4. When the engine has started, release the key in the ignition
lock.
5. If the engine does not start, stop the process and try again af-
ter one minute.
6. Release the handbrake when you want to begin driving
page 128.
WARNING
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle could move off suddenly, especially if it is in gear, resulting in an acci- dent and serious injury.
WARNING
Cold start sprays could explode or cause a sudden increase in the engine speed.
Never use start boosters.
CAUTION An attempt to start the engine while driving or starting the engine imme- diately after turning it off can cause damage to the engine or starter motor.
When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do not make the engine work hard.
Do not push or tow start the engine. Sunburnt fuel could damage the catalytic converter.
For the sake of the environment Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start driving immediately if the visi- bility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating temperature faster and reduces emissions.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
122 Starting, changing gears, parking
Note Electrical components with a high power consumption are switched off tem- porarily when the engine starts.
Note When the engine is started cold, there may be strong vibrations for a few moments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for con- cern.
Stopping the engine
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
1. Stopping the vehicle completely .
2. Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 4 has been
completed.
3. Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
4. Turn the key in the ignition lock to position fig. 83 0 .
5. With a manual gearbox, put the vehicle in first or reverse gear.
WARNING
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle is moving. You may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is switched off.
The brake servo does not work when the engine is not running. To stop, the brake pedal must be pressed with more force.
WARNING (Continued)
As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally.
If the key is removed from the ignition, the steering may lock and it will not be possible to steer the vehicle.
CAUTION If the engine has been driven at high speed for a prolonged period of time, it may overheat when turned off. To avoid engine damage, allow the engine to run for approximately 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.
Note After stopping the engine, the engine compartment fan may continue run- ning for a few minutes, even when the ignition has been switched off or the key removed. The radiator fan is automatically switched off.
Electronic immobilizer
The gear lock prevents the engine from being started with an unauthorised key and the vehicle being moved.
The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automatically deactivates the immobil- izer when the key is inserted into the ignition lock.
The electronic immobilizer will be activated again automatically as soon as you remove the key from the ignition lock.
For this reason, the vehicle can only be used with a genuine SEAT key with the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT dealerships page 28.
If an unauthorised key is used, the signal appears on the instrument panel display. The vehicle cannot be started in this case.
123Starting, changing gears, parking
Note The correct operation of the vehicle is only guaranteed when original SEAT keys are used.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
124 Starting, changing gears, parking
Changing gear
Introduction
When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following takes place:
Reverse lights light up.
The rear wiper blade performs one movement when the windscreen wip- er is activated.
If necessary, connect the parking distance warning system.
Additional information and warnings:
Detail of the centre console page 12
Instruments page 17
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Parking distance warning system page 143
Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system page 227
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and considerable damage.
Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, weather, road conditions and traffic permit.
WARNING
Do not allow the brakes to rub for a prolonged period of time, or press the brake pedal frequently or for long periods of time. Continuous brak- ing heats up the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
CAUTION Never make the brakes slip by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary to brake. This will increase wear.
Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
125Starting, changing gears, parking
Pedals
Fig. 84 Pedals: 1 accel- erator; 2 brake; 3
clutch.
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the pedals.
Floor mats should leave the pedal area vacant and unobstructed and be cor- rectly secured in the footwell zone.
In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the brake pedal must be pressed harder than normal to brake the vehicle.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the risk of a serious accident.
Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath them.
Always secure the mat in the footwell.
WARNING (Continued)
Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory.
Ensure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the ve- hicle is in motion.
CAUTION The pedals must always have free and unobstructed passage to the floor. For example, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake pedal will need to be pressed further to stop the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down fur- ther will require more force than usual.
Manual gearbox: Engaging gears
Fig. 85 Gear shift pat- tern of a 5-speed manual gearbox.
The position of each of the gears is shown on the gear stick fig. 85.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
126 Starting, changing gears, parking
Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down.
Move the gearbox lever to the required position .
Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
In some countries, it is necessary to press the clutch pedal to the floor to start the engine.
Selecting reverse gear
Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped.
Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down .
Move the gear lever into the neutral position.
Move the gear stick to the right and then backwards to reverse gear R .
Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
Shifting down a gear
Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear immediately preceding the current gear and at an engine speed that is not excessive . At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skipping one or various gears when shifting down a gear can cause damage to the clutch and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not engaged during the process .
WARNING
When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a gear is engaged and the clutch released.
Never engage the reverse gear when a vehicle is moving forward.
WARNING
As a consequence of shifting down a gear incorrectly, you may lose con- trol of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.
CAUTION If, at high speeds or high engine speeds the gear lever is shifted down to a gear that is too low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gear- box. This also applies if you press the clutch pedal and it does not engage.
CAUTION To prevent damage and avoid premature wear, please observe the follow- ing:
While driving, do not leave your hand resting on the gear stick. The pres- sure applied by your hand is transmitted to the gearbox selector forks.
Always ensure that the vehicle is completely stopped before engaging the reverse gear.
When changing gear, always make sure the clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor.
Never hold the vehicle on the clutch on hills.
Recommended gear display
In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is displayed on the instrument panel display:
Display Meaning
Optimum gear.
Recommendation to change up a gear.
Recommendation to change down a gear.
127Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
The recommended gear display is intended as a guideline only; it should never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully.
Responsibility for selecting the correct gear for each situation contin- ues to lie with the driver, for example when overtaking or climbing a hill.
For the sake of the environment Selecting the most appropriate gear for the situation will help you to save fuel.
Note The recommended gear display is switched off when the clutch pedal is pressed.
Note On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 the recommended gear can also be seen.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
128 Starting, changing gears, parking
Braking, stopping and parking
Introduction
The assisted braking systems are the electronic distribution of the brake force (EBV), the anti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist system (BAS), the electronic differential lock (EDL), the traction control (TC), the traction control system (ASR) and the electronic stabilisation programme (ESC*).
Additional information and warnings:
Wheels and tyres page 201
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty brake system may lead to seri- ous accident.
If you believe the brake pads to be worn or the brake system to be faulty, immediately refer to a specialised workshop to check the brake pads and replace the worn brake pads.
WARNING
Careless parking can cause serious injury.
Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock may engage and locked the steering wheel making the vehi- cle impossible to control.
Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc).
WARNING (Continued)
Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when you park.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They may release the handbrake, operate the gear lever and set the vehicle in motion. This could result in serious accident.
Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
CAUTION Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop be- fore the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.
129Starting, changing gears, parking
Warning and control lamps
lights up
Possible cause Solution
Handbrake applied. page 130.
Fault in the brake system. Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 132.
Brake fluid level inadequate. Do not drive on! Check brake fluid level page 136.
Together with the ABS control lamp : ABS and EBV do not function.
Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 132.
ESC* disconnected by system. Switching the ignition on and off. If necessary, drive for a short dis- tance.
Fault in ESC*. Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ABS control lamp : Fault in ABS.
Contact a Specialised workshop. The vehicle can be braked with- out ABS.
The battery has been recon- nected.
page 184.
Traction Control faulty or switched off by the system.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ESC* control lamp : Fault in ABS.
Contact a Specialised workshop. The vehicle can be braked with- out ABS.
Together with the warning lamp : ABS and EBV do not function.
Do not drive on! Seek professional advice page 132.
flash- es
Possible cause Solution
ESC* or ASR regulating. Take your foot off the accelerator. Adjust your driving style to the road conditions.
Traction Control regulator oper- ating.
Take your foot off the accelerator. Adjust your driving style to the road conditions.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
Driving with brakes in bad condition could result in a serious accident.
If the brake warning lamp does not go out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately page 135, Brake fluid.
If the brake warning lamp lights up together with the ABS warning lamp , the regulation function of the ABS could be malfunctioning. As a result, the rear wheels can lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
130 Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
your speed and drive carefully to a Specialised workshop close by to check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden brak- ing and manoeuvres.
If the ABS warning lamp does not go out or if it lights while driv- ing, the ABS is malfunctioning. The vehicle can only be stopped using normal braking without ABS. The protection provided by the ABS is not available. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Handbrake
Fig. 86 Between the front seats: Handbrake.
Using the handbrake
Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever while press- ing the button.
The handbrake is applied when the control lamp lights up on the in- strument panel page 129 when the ignition is switched on.
Releasing the handbrake
Pull gently in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever and press the lock button fig. 86 (arrow).
Move the handbrake lever downwards keeping the lock button pressed.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident.
Never use the handbrake to brake the vehicle except in an emergency. The braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only ap- plied to the rear wheels. Always use the foot brake.
Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the brake, affecting the brakes system. This also causes premature wear on the rear brake pads.
Never accelerate from the engine compartment with the engine run- ning and a gear engaged. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
Note If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to 6 km/h (4 mph) with the hand- brake applied, an audible warning is sounded.
Parking
When parking your vehicle, all legal requirements should be observed.
131Starting, changing gears, parking
To park the vehicle
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
Park the vehicle on a suitable surface .
Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
Apply the handbrake firmly page 130.
Switch off the engine and release the brake pedal.
Remove the key from the ignition.
If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly to lock the steering.
With a manual gearbox, engage the 1st gear on flat ground and slopes, or even the reverse gear on hills, and release the clutch pedal.
Ensure that all passengers leave the vehicle, especially children.
When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
Locking the vehicle.
Additional information for steep slopes and hills
Before switching off the engine, rotate the steering wheel so that if the vehi- cle should move then it will be held by the kerb.
On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the kerb.
Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of the road.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc).
CAUTION Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop be- fore the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.
Information about the brakes
For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake pads have not yet reached their maximum braking capacity, and need to be run in first . The slightly reduced braking effect can be compensated for by increasing pressure on the brake pedal. While running in, the full braking distance or emergency braking distance is larger then when the brake pads have been run in. While running in, avoid full power braking or situations requiring braking performance. For example, in heavy traffic.
The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the condi- tions in which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport style, visit a Specialised workshop regularly more frequently than advised in the Maintenance Programme to have the brake pads checked.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall or even after washing the vehicle, the effect of the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher speed, dry the brakes as quickly as possible by braking gently several times. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
132 Starting, changing gears, parking
A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads will reduce brake efficiency and increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted roads without braking then brake carefully several times to eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes .
If the vehicle remains parked for considerable lengths of time, is used little, or if the brakes are not used, there may be corrosion on the brake discs and a build-up of dirt on the brake pads. If the brakes are not used frequently, or if rust has formed on the discs, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and discs by braking firmly a few times at a moderately high speed. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users .
Faults in the brake system
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle does not react as usual (that the braking distance has increased suddenly) it may be possible that there is a fault in the braking system. This is indicated by the warning lamp . Take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop immediately and have the fault repaired. Drive at a moderate speed and be prepared to use more pressure on the brake pedal, and allow for longer braking distances.
Brake servo
The brake servo only operates when the engine is running and the pressure applied by the driver on the brake pedal increases.
If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate .
WARNING
New brake pads do not brake to full efficiency.
For the first 320 km, new brake pads have not yet reached their maxi- mum braking capacity, and need to be run in first. For this, to compen- sate for reduced braking efficiency the brake pedal will have to be press- ed with more force.
WARNING (Continued)
To avoid losing control of the vehicle and causing serious accidents, always take great care when driving with new brake pads.
When running in new brake pads, always respect the safety distances between you and other vehicles and do not cause situations requiring ex- treme braking performance.
WARNING
When brakes overheat, braking is less efficient and braking distances in- crease.
When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat quickly.
Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system.
Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to the brakes and cause them to overheat.
WARNING
Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take time to brake and this increases braking distances.
Test the brakes carefully.
Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by braking gently several times, when visibility, weather, and road and traffic conditions permit.
133Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
Driving without the brake servo may significantly increase the braking distance and result in a severe accident.
Never allow the vehicle to move forwards when the engine is switched off.
If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not op- erate.
CAUTION Never make the brakes slip by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will heat the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
Note Make use, when having the front brake pads checked, and have the rear pads checked also. The thickness of the brake pads should be checked vis- ually and regularly, by looking through the openings in the wheel rims or from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, remove the wheels to check them thoroughly. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Assisted braking systems
The assisted braking systems ESP*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only operate when the ignition is switched on. They contribute significantly to in- creasing active safety.
Electronic Stabilisation Programme (ESP)*
ESP* reduces the risk of skidding and increases the vehicle stability by braking individual wheels under specific driving conditions. ESP* detects critical handling situations, such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on the driven wheels. The system stabilises the vehicle by braking individual wheels or by reducing the engine torque.
The ESP* has limits. It is important to realise that the ESP* is also subject to the laws of physics. ESP* will not be able to deal with all situations with which drivers may be faced. For example, if the road surface changes sud- denly then ESP* will not be useful in all cases. If the vehicle suddenly enters a section covered by water, mud or snow then ESP* will not provide assis- tance in the same way as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the ground and moves on a film of water (aquaplaning), the ESP* will not be able to assist the driver to control the vehicle due to the loss of adherence with the road surface preventing braking and steering. If the vehicle is driv- en through series of bends at high speed, the ESC* will not always be as effective: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driving is not the same as at re- duced speeds.
Adjust your speed and driving style to suit visibility, and weather, road and traffic conditions. ESP* cannot push the limits of the laws of physics; im- prove the transmission available or maintain the vehicle on the road if a lack of driver attention creates an inevitable situation. Otherwise, ESP* as- sists in maintaining vehicle control in extreme situations and uses the movements of the steering made by the driver to maintain the vehicle mov- ing in the desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a speed that it will leave the road before ESP* can intervene then the system cannot pro- vide assistance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
134 Starting, changing gears, parking
The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are incorporated into the ESP*. The ESP* is always on1).
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking during braking until just before the vehicle stops thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle and maintain control. This means that, even during full braking, the risk of skidding is re- duced:
Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not remove your foot from the brake pedal or reduce braking force!
Do not pump the brake pedal, or reduce braking force!
Maintain vehicle direction when braking fully with the brake pedal.
When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off.
ABS control can be observed by vibration of the brake pedal and noise. You should never expect the ABS to reduce the braking distance under any cir- cumstances. Braking distances will increase when driving on gravel, recent snow or on icy and slippery ground.
Brake assist system (BAS)
The brake assist system may reduce the required braking distance. The brake assist system boosts the braking force if you press the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As a result, the braking pressure increases rapidly, the braking force is multiplied and the braking distance is reduced. This en- ables the ABS to be activated more quickly and efficiently.
Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced, braking assist automatically turns off the brake servo.
Traction control system (ASR) or Traction Control (TC)
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque to match the amount of grip available. The ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for example, when starting, accelerating or going uphill, even in unfavourable road conditions.
Electronic differential lock system (EDL)
EDL is available when driving in straight lines under normal conditions. When the EDL detects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel and directs the power to the other driven wheel. To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts out automatically if subjected to ex- cessive loads. The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake has cooled down.
WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery wet ground can result in loss of ve- hicle control and serious injury to the driver and passengers.
Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. Even though the braking assist systems, ABS, BAS, EDL, ASR, TC and ESP*, provide more security, do not take unnecessary risks while driving.
Braking assist systems can not overcome the laws of physics. Even with ESP* and other systems, slippery and wet roads will always be dan- gerous.
Driving to quickly on wet ground can result in the wheels losing con- tact with the ground in an effect known as aquaplaning. Without ad- herence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle.
Braking assist systems cannot avoid accidents if, for example, the driver does not respect safety distances or drives to quickly in difficult conditions.
1) According to version
135Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
Even though braking assist systems are extremely effective and help control the vehicle in difficult situations, remember that the vehicle sta- bility depends on tyre grip.
When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and snow, press the accelerator carefully. The wheels can still slip even with braking assist systems resulting in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
The effectiveness of the ESP* can be considerably reduced if other com- ponents and systems affecting driving dynamics are not maintained or are not functioning correctly. This includes, among others, brakes, tyres and other systems already mentioned.
Remember that changing and fitting other components to the vehicle can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESP*.
Changes to the vehicle suspension or using unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL and ESP* and their effectiveness.
Likewise, the effectiveness of ESP* depends on the use of suitable tyres page 201.
Note To ensure that the ESP*, ASR and TCS work properly, all four wheels must be fitted with identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
Note If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the ESP*, ASR, TC and EDL will al- so be affected.
Note Noises may be heard while any of the above systems are operating.
Brake fluid
Fig. 87 In the engine compartment: brake fluid reservoir, lid
In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs water from the ambient air. If there is too much water contained in the brake fluid, the brake system could be damaged. In addition, the boiling point of the brake fluid is significantly lowered. When the brake fluid contains too much water and the brakes are subject to considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour can form in the sys- tem. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power, notably increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total fail- ure of the brake system. Ensuring that the brake system is always function- ing correctly is essential for your own safety and the safety of other road users .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
136 Starting, changing gears, parking
Brake fluid specifications
SEAT have developed a special brake fluid optimised for the brake systems of their vehicles. To ensure the optimum working of the brake system, SEAT recommends the use of brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14 standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for different reasons, use a brake fluid that complies with the United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 .
Brake fluids conforming to the standard VW 501 14, fulfil the American re- quirements of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. However, fluids that comply with the Amer- ican FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. Always check the information on the brake fluid container and ensure that you are using suitable brake fluid.
A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from SEAT dealerships.
Brake fluid level
The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX marks, or above the MIN mark .
It is not always possible to check the level of the brake fluid, as in some models the engine components make it difficult to see the brake fluid reser- voir. If you cannot read the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used due to wear of the brake pads and the automatic readjustment of the brake.
Changing the brake fluid
The brake fluid should be changed in accordance with the instructions giv- en in the Maintenance Programme. Have the brake fluid changed by a Spe- cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. This means that only brake fluid complying with the required specifications will be used.
WARNING
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuitable/old brake fluid is used, the brake system may fail or braking power will be reduced.
Check the brake system and the brake fluid level regularly!
The brake fluid should be changed regularly in accordance with the instructions given in the Maintenance Programme.
When the brake fluid is used and brakes are subjected to extreme braking forces, bubbles of vapour form in the brake system. These bub- bles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power, notably in- creasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the brake system.
Always ensure that you use suitable brake fluid. Only used brake fluid that conforms to the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. Other types of brake fluid could affect brake operation and reduce braking power. Do not use a brake fluid if the container does not specify compliance with the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
The replacement brake fluid must be new.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous.
To reduce the risk of poisoning, do not keep brake fluid in drinks bot- tles/containers or similar. Other people could drink from these recipients even if the contents are clearly marked.
Always keep brake fluid in the original container; keep it correctly sealed and out of reach of children.
CAUTION Brake fluid could damage the paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork immediately.
137Starting, changing gears, parking
For the sake of the environment Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
138 Starting, changing gears, parking
Ecological driving
Introduction
Fuel consumption, environmental impact and engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely on 3 factors:
Personal driving style.
Conditions of use (weather, road surface).
Technical requirements.
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are possible with an appropriate driving style and the adoption of certain simple tips.
WARNING
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traf- fic situation.
Economic driving style
Changing gear early
General instructions: The highest gear is always the most economical gear. As a guideline, for the majority of vehicles: At a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph), drive in third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear.
In addition, skipping gears when shifting up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic conditions permitting.
Do not wait until the last moment before changing gear. Only use first gear when you move off and change to second gear quickly.
Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve an economical driving style as the display indicates the best moment to change gear.
Let the vehicle roll
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the fuel supply is stopped and con- sumption is reduced.
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, for example when approach- ing a red traffic light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too slowly or the dis- tance is too long, the clutch pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en- gine will then operate at idle speed.
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the engine; for example, while waiting at a level crossing.
Think ahead and flow with the traffic
Frequent acceleration and braking considerably increase fuel consumption. If you think ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accelera- tor. This eliminates the need for constant braking and acceleration.
Calm and steady driving
Constancy is more important than speed: The more you drive at a constant speed, the lower the fuel consumption.
When driving on the motorway, it is more efficient to drive at a constant and more moderate speed than to be continuously accelerating and braking. As a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when you drive at a constant speed.
The cruise control function helps you to achieve a constant style of driving.
Moderate use of additional electrical appliances
It is important to travel in comfort, but convenience systems should be used in an ecological manner.
Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considera- bly, for example:
139Starting, changing gears, parking
Air conditioning cooling system: If the air conditioning system is re- quired to cool to significantly lower temperatures than the true outside tem- perature, it will require a large quantity of energy from the engine. There- fore, we recommend that the selected temperature for the vehicle is not too different to the outside temperature. It is a good idea to open all the win- dows of the vehicle before starting your journey, and to drive a short dis- tance with all the windows open to allow the vehicle to cool down slightly. Only then should you close all the windows and switch on the air condition- ing system. Keep windows closed when travelling at high speeds. Driving with the windows open increases fuel consumption.
Switch off the seat heating when the seats have warmed up.
Switch off the heated rear window when it is not moist or covered in ice.
Other factors which increase fuel consumption (examples):
Fault in engine management.
Driving on hills.
Saving fuel while driving
Fig. 88 Fuel consump- tion in litres per 100 km at 2 different outside temperatures.
By adopting an economical driving style and anticipating the traffic situa- tion ahead, you can easily reduce fuel consumption by 10-15%.
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. By anticipating the traffic situa- tion ahead, you will brake and therefore accelerate less. Wherever possible, let the vehicle roll slowly to a stop, for instance when you can see that the next traffic lights are red.
Avoid short journeys
Fuel consumption is much higher when the engine is cold, immediately af- ter it has been started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for the engine to warm up and to normalise consumption.
The engine and catalytic converter need to reach their proper working tem- perature in order to minimise fuel consumption and emissions. The ambient temperature has a decisive influence.
fig. 88 shows the difference in consumption for the same journey at +20C (+68F) and at -10C (+14F).
Unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine trips.
The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in summer, even when other con- ditions are the same.
Warming the engine is not only forbidden in some countries, but in prac- tice it is technically superfluous as it is a waste of fuel.
Adjusting type pressures.
Having the correct pressure in your tyres helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing the tyre pressure slightly (+ 0.2 bar / + 3 psi / + 200 kPa) can help to save fuel.
When you buy new tyres, make sure they are optimised for minimum rolling resistance.
Use low friction engine oil
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, known as low friction engine oil, help to reduce fuel consumption. Low friction engine oils reduce the
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
140 Starting, changing gears, parking
resistance caused by friction in the engine, they flow around the engine more quickly and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The effect is particu- larly noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys.
Always check the engine oil level and observe service intervals (engine oil change intervals).
When purchasing engine oil, always observe legal requirements and ensure that the oil is approved by SEAT.
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and ecological the driving style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase fuel con- sumption up to 0.3 ltr/100 km.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads from the vehicle.
Remove optional equipment and unnecessary accessories
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the fuel consumption. Option- al equipment and accessories (such as roof racks or bike carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of the vehicle.
Therefore, we recommend you remove all optional and unnecessary equip- ment and racks, especially if you intend to drive at high speeds.
141Starting, changing gears, parking
Steering
Introduction
The power steering* is not hydraulic but electromechanical. The advantage of this steering system is that it disposes of hydraulic tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and other components. The electromechanical system saves fuel. While a hydraulic system requires oil pressure to be maintained, electromechanical steering only requires energy when the steering wheel is turned.
With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function au- tomatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when the engine is running.
Additional information and warnings:
Start and stop the engine page 119
Vehicle battery page 184
Tow-starting and towing away page 267
WARNING
If the power steering is not working then the steering wheel is much more difficult to turn and the vehicle more difficult to control.
The power steering only works when the engine is running.
Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off.
Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Control and warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
(red) Electromechanical steering faulty.
The steering system should be checked by a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.
(yel- low)
Electromechanical steering operation reduced.
The steering system should be checked by a Specialised workshop as soon as possible. If, after restarting the engine and driving for a short dis- tance, the yellow warning light no longer comes on, it will not be necessary to take the vehi- cle to a specialised workshop.
flashes Possible cause Solution
(red) Fault in the steering column electronic lock.
Do not drive on! Seek professional advice.
(yel- low)
Steering column deviation. Gently turn the steering wheel to and fro.
Steering wheel not un- locked or locked.
Remove the key from the igni- tion and then switch the igni- tion back on. If necessary, check the messages displayed on the instrument panel dis- play. Do not drive on, if the steering column remains locked after the ignition has been switched on. You should obtain profes- sional assistance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
142 Starting, changing gears, parking
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Information on the steering
To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the steering before leaving the ve- hicle.
Mechanical steering lock
Lock the steering column by removing the key from the ignition when the vehicle is stopped.
Please engage steering lock Unlocking the steering
Parking the vehicle page 128. Insert the key in the ignition lock.
Remove the ignition key from the ig- nition.
Turn the steering wheel slightly to release the steering lock.
Turn the steering wheel slightly until you hear the steering lock.
Hold the steering wheel in this posi- tion and switch on the ignition.
Electromechanical steering
With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function au- tomatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when the engine is running.
You should remember that you will need considerably more power than nor- mal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not working correctly or not at all.
143Driver assistance systems
Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system*
Introduction
The parking distance warning system assists the driver when parking. If the rear of the vehicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermittent audible warn- ing is emitted. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals between tones. If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible warning be- comes constant.
If you continue to approach an obstacle when the sound is continuous, this means the system can no longer measure the distance.
Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound signal (transmission, reflection from the obstacles and re- ception), this system continuously calculates the distance between the bumper and the obstacle.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver's assess- ment of the situation.
The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles and people are not registered.
Always observe the area around the vehicle, as the sensors do not al- ways detect small children, animals or objects.
WARNING (Continued)
The surface of certain objects and some clothing do not reflect the ul- trasound signals from the parking distance system. The system cannot detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these types of clothes.
External sound sources can affect the parking distance aid signals. In this case, under certain circumstances, people and objects will not be de- tected.
CAUTION The sensors may not always be able to detect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, etc. This could re- sult in damage to your vehicle.
Although the parking distance warning system detects and warns of the presence of an obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from the angle of measurement of the sensors if it is too high or low and the system would no longer indicate it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the parking distance warning system could cause consider- able damage to the vehicle.
The bumper sensors may become damaged or misaligned, for example, when parking.
To ensure that the system works properly, the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free of ice and snow and uncovered.
When cleaning the sensors with high-pressure or steam cleaning equip- ment, spray the sensors briefly at a distance of no less than 10 cm.
Different sources of noise can produce errors in the parking distance warning system, i.e. parking distance warning systems from other vehicles, inductive loops or construction works machines.
Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with the function of the parking distance warning system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
144 Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system
Fig. 89 Parking distance warning system sensors on the rear bumper.
The 3 sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear bumper fig. 89.
Switching the parking distance warning system on and off
Switching on: With the ignition switched on, select reverse gear. A short audible warning confirms that the parking distance warning system is switched on and functioning.
Switching off: release reverse gear.
Things to note on the parking distance warning system
The parking distance warning system sometimes registers water on the sensors as an obstacle.
If the distance does not change, the warning signal will sound less loud- ly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the volume will re- main constant.
When the vehicle moves away from the obstacle, the beeping sound au- tomatically switches off. On approaching the obstacle again, the beeping sound will automatically switch back on.
Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals.
Note A fault in the parking distance warning system is indicated through a brief audible warning that is constant for about 3 seconds when switching on for the first time. Check the parking distance warning system at a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Optical parking system* (OPS)
Fig. 90 On-screen OPS display: A an obstacle has been detected in the collision zone. B an ob- stacle has been detected in the segment. C zone recorded behind the vehi- cle.
The optical parking system is an extension of the parking distance warning system page 144.
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) the area be- hind the vehicle is shown registered by the sensors. Any obstacles are dis- play in relation to the vehicle .
145Driver assistance systems
Function Necessary operations
Switching the display on:
Switching on the page 144 parking distance warning system. The OPS switches on automati- cally.
Switching the display off manually:
Press the button on the Portable Navigation System.
Switching the display off manually:
release reverse gear.
Zones explored
Behind the vehicle fig. 90 C , the zone analysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cm and around 60 cm to the sides.
Screen display
The image displayed represents the supervised zones in several segments. As the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the vehicle displayed A or B . When the penultimate segment is displayed, this means that the vehicle has reached the collision zone. Stop the vehi- cle!
Distance from the vehicle to the obstacle
Audible warn- ing
Displayed in colour on the screen: colour of the seg-
ment if an obstacle is recog- nised
behind: approx. 31 150 cm
beeping sound yellow
behind: approx. 0 30 cm
permanent sound
red
WARNING
Do not be distracted from the traffic when looking at the screen.
Note SEAT recommends practising using parking distance warning system in a traffic free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system and its operation.
Note Representation of the registered area on the screen of the portable naviga- tion system may take up to 5 seconds.
Note Note the Instruction Manual provided for the device of the additional infor- mation relating to the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) page 213.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
146 Driver assistance systems
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS)
Introduction
The cruise control system (CCS) is able to individually maintain the set speed when driving forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).
The CCS only slows down by reducing the accelerator but not by braking .
Additional information and warnings:
Changing gear page 124
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Use of the cruise control could cause accidents and severe injuries if it is not possible to drive at a constant speed maintaining the safety distance.
Do not use the cruise control in heavy traffic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is insufficient, on steep roads, with several bends or in slippery circumstances (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.
Never use the CCS when driving off-road or on unpaved roads.
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.
To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise control system, turn it off every time you finish using it.
It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing road, traffic or weather conditions.
When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends to accelerate under its own weight. Select a lower gear or use the brake pedal to slow the vehicle.
Control lamp
lights up Possible cause
This cruise control system maintains the set speed of the vehicle.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
147Driver assistance systems
Cruise control system operation
Fig. 91 Turn signal and main beam headlights lever on the left of the steering column: CCS buttons and controls.
Function Control position, control operations fig. 91
Action
Switching on the cruise control sys- tem.
Control B in the position .
The system is switched on. After switching on, no speeds are stored and no regulator has yet been placed.
Switching on the cruise control sys- tem.
Press button A in the area .
The current speed is stor- ed and maintained.
Temporarily switching off the cruise control sys- tem.
Place control B in the po- sition . OR:. Press the brake or clutch pedal.
The cruise control system is switched off temporari- ly. The speed setting will remain stored.
Switching the speed setting back on.
Press button A in the area .
The stored speed is reached again and main- tained.
Function Control position, control operations fig. 91
Action
Increasing the stored speed (dur- ing CCS setting).
Press the button A in the area briefly to in- crease speed in shot measures of about. 1 km/ h (1 mph) and store. The vehicle accelerates ac-
tively until it reaches the new stored speed.Keep button A pressed in
the area for a long time to continually in- crease speed until releas- ing and storing.
Reducing the stor- ed speed (during CCS setting).
Press the button A in the area briefly to reduce the stored speed in shot measures of about. 1 km/ h (1 mph) and store.
Reduce speed without braking, by interrupting the accelerator until reach- ing the new stored speed.
Keep button A pressed in the area for a long time to continually de- crease stored speed until releasing and storing.
Switching off the cruise control sys- tem.
Control B in the position .
The system is switched off. The stored speed is de- leted.
Travelling down hills with the CCS
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle down using the brake pedal and reduce gears if required.
Automatic off
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched off automatically or temporarily:
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
148 Driver assistance systems
If the system detects a fault that could affect the working order of the CCS.
If you increase the stored speed by pressing the accelerator pedal for a certain time.
If the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.
If the gear is changed with the manual gearbox.
If the airbag is triggered.
149Driver assistance systems
City Safety Assist function*
Introduction
The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations at a distance of about 10 metres in front of the vehicle, in a speed range of approximately 5 30 km/h (3 19 mph).
When the system detects a possible collision with a vehicle in front, the ve- hicle prepares for a possible emergency braking .
If the driver does not react to an imminent collision, the system can auto- matically brake the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced with a possible collision. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.
If the City Safety Assist function determines that the driver braked insuffi- ciently faced with an imminent collision, the system can increase the brake force in order to reduce speed. The system can help to reduce the conse- quences of an accident.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Centre console, lower section page 12
Instrument panel page 15
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
The intelligent technology in the City Safety Assist system cannot change the limits imposed by the laws of physics and by the system itself. The increased comfort offered by the City Safety Assist system should never prompt you to take risks. The driver always assumes the responsibility of braking in time.
The City Safety Assist function can not individually prevent accidents, nor serious injury.
The City Safety Assist system may carry out unwanted brake interven- tions in complex driving situations i.e. when a vehicle crosses at a short distance.
WARNING
Including the role of the City Safety Assist system in driving conduct may cause accidents and serious injury. The system is not a replacement for driver awareness.
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.
The City Safety Assist function does not react to people, animals or vehicles that cross or move in the opposite direction in the same lane.
If after switching on the City Safety Assist function the vehicle begins to move, slow the vehicle with the foot brake.
CAUTION If you suspect that the laser sensor of the City Safety Assist function is dam- aged, switch off the City Safety Assist function. This will avoid additional damage.
Any reparation of the laser sensor requires specialist knowledge. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
150 Driver assistance systems
Note If the City Safety Assist function activates a brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. This makes the brake pedal seem harder.
Note Automatic brake intervention by the City Safety Assist function can be can- celled by pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator pedal or by a corrective intervention.
Note During the automatic braking by the City Safety Assist function you may hear unusual noises. This is normal and is produced in the brakes system.
Warning and control lamps
The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is switched on. No special indication is produced.
If the City Safety Assist function is switched off, functions or there is an error in the system, this will be shown by a control lamp on the instrument panel display.
lights up Possible cause Solution
The City Safety Assist func- tion has been switched on manually using the button fig. 94.
The control lamp turns off after about 5 seconds.
flashes Possible cause Solution
fast: The City Safety Assist system function brakes auto- matically or has braked auto- matically.
Control lamp turns off automati- cally.
slow: City Safety Assist func- tion is not currently available.
If the vehicle is stopped, switch off the engine and switch it on again. If necessary, inspect the laser sensor (dirt, frozen) . If it still does not function, refer to a Specialised workshop to have the system inspected.
within the operating area of 5 30 km/h (3 19 mph): The City Safety Assist func- tion has been switched off manually using the button fig. 94.
Switch on the City Safety Assist function manually using the but- ton fig. 94.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
151Driver assistance systems
Laser sensor
Fig. 92 On the wind- screen: City Safety Assist function laser sensor.
Fig. 93 Laser sensor de- tection area.
A laser sensor on the windscreen fig. 92 allows the system to detect driv- ing situations in front of the vehicle.
Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a distance of about 10 m.
WARNING
The laser beam on the laser sensor can produce serious injuries to the eyes.
Never focus optical devices, i.e. a camera, a microscope or a magnify- ing glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor.
Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist system is switched off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the human eye.
CAUTION If the windscreen is dirty or frozen in the area of the laser sensor, i.e. due to rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system may subsequently fail to operate.
Always keep the laser sensor area free of dirt and freezing.
Use a small brush to remove snow and a de-icer spray to remove ice.
CAUTION A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor area may cause the City Safety Assist function to fail to operate.
Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones in the laser sensor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted (i.e. in the case of damage suffered in an impact from a stone).
When replacing the windscreen wipers, only use windscreen wipers au- thorised by SEAT.
Do not paint the laser sensor area on the windscreen, or cover it with ad- hesives, or sedimentation, etc.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
152 Driver assistance systems
Function
Fig. 94 In the lower part of the centre console: Button for the City Safety Assist function.
Switching on and off the City Safety Assist function
Press the fig. 94 button on the centre console.
When the City Safety Assist function is switched on, the control lamp lights up on the instrument panel within the operational range, i.e. for speeds between 5 30 km/h (3 19 mph).
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations
Switching off the City Safety Assist function is recommended in the follow- ing situations :
While the vehicle is being towed.
If the vehicle has been taken to an automatic car wash.
If the vehicle is above a test bed.
If the laser sensor is faulty.
After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision.
When driving off road (overhanging branches).
If objects are protruding above the bonnet, i.e. a load carried on the roof that protrudes at the front.
If the windscreen is damaged in the laser sensor area.
WARNING
Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situa- tions, may result in accidents and serious injury.
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in critical situations.
153Driver assistance systems
Special driving situations
Fig. 95 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclist driving ahead out of range of the laser sensor.
Fig. 96 Other vehicles changing lanes.
The City Safety Assist function has physical limits, and has limits deter- mined by the system itself. In certain circumstances, this may produce reac- tions from the City Safety Assist system, that are late or unexpected by the driver. For this reason, always pay due attention and if necessary, intervene.
For example, the following driving situations require special attention:
Driving through a bend
When entering or leaving a long bend, the vehicle may decelerate when the laser sensor detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite lane fig. 95 A. To interrupt the deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.
Narrow vehicles in front
The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the sensor detection zone fig. 95 B. This applies especially to narrow vehicles such as motorbikes.
Other vehicles changing lanes
Vehicles changing lane in close proximity can cause an unexpected brake from the City Safety Assist system fig. 96. To interrupt the deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
154 Driver assistance systems
Malfunction in the laser sensor
If the laser sensor operation is impaired, for example due to heavy rain, spray, snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system function is temporarily switched off. On the instrument panel display the control lamp flashes.
When the fault in the laser sensor has been rectified, the City Safety Assist system function automatically becomes available. The control lamp switches off.
The following conditions could prevent the City Safety Assist system from functioning:
Tight bends.
Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor.
If the City Safety Assist system is switched off or there is a fault page 150.
If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or overheated page 151.
In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog.
If there are vehicles in front.
Vehicles changing lanes.
Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in the same lane.
Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of reflection.
Presence of thick dust.
Hill hold
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
SEAT information system page 22
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Vehicle battery page 184
Wheels and tyres page 201
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
Hill hold page 264
WARNING
The smart technology included in the hill hold cannot change the laws of physics. Do not let the extra convenience afforded by the hill hold tempt you into taking any risks when driving.
Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury.
The hill hold is not a replacement for driver awareness.
Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road and traffic conditions.
The hill hold cannot always keep the vehicle at a standstill on a slope or brake sufficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slippery or frozen surfaces).
Warning lamps
lights up Possible cause Solution
The Start-Stop system is ena- bled.
The Start-Stop system is ena- bled but the engine cannot be automatically stopped.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
The Start-Stop system cannot start the engine.
Start the engine by hand using the vehicle's key page 120.
There is a fault in the alternator. page 184
155Driver assistance systems
flashes Possible cause Solution
The Start-Stop system is not available.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Some warning and control lamps will light up briefly when the ignition is switched on to check certain functions. They will switch off after a few sec- onds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored when they light up, the vehicle may stall in traffic and cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle at the next opportunity.
CAUTION Failure to heed the control lamps when they light up may result in damage to the vehicle.
Start-Stop system
Fig. 97 At the top of the centre console: Start- Stop system button.
With the Start-Stop system enabled, the engine is automatically stopped when the vehicle is at a standstill. It will start again automatically as re- quired.
This function remains enabled while the ignition is switched on. The instru- ment panel display shows information on the current status page 154.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand whenever crossing water.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neutral and release the clutch pedal. The engine will stop.
To restart, simply engage the clutch.
Important conditions for the engine to stop automatically
The driver's seat belt must be fastened.
The driver door must be closed.
The bonnet must be closed.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
156 Driver assistance systems
The engine must have reached a minimum temperature.
The vehicle must have moved since the last time the engine was stop- ped.
The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged.
The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.
The vehicle must not be on a very steep slope.
Conditions for the engine to restart automatically
The engine can be automatically restarted in the following cases:
If the vehicle starts to moves.
If the battery voltage drops.
Conditions requiring engine start-up using the key
The engine must be started by hand using the vehicle's key in the following cases:
If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.
If the driver door is opened.
If the bonnet is opened.
Switching the Start-Stop system on and off
Press the button situated in the centre console fig. 97.
The button will light up when the Start-Stop system is switched off.
The engine will start immediately if the vehicle is in Stop mode when the system is switched off by hand.
WARNING
The brake servo and the electromechanical steering do not work when the engine is switched off.
The vehicle must never be allowed to move with the engine switched off.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system before working in the engine com- partment.
CAUTION The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the vehicle is used for long peri- ods at very high outside temperatures.
Note In some cases, it may be necessary to start the engine by hand using the key. Refer to the corresponding control lamp on the instrument panel.
Hill-start aid*
This function is only included in vehicles with ESP.
This device helps when starting uphill.
These are the basic operation conditions: doors closed, brake pedal press- ed down and vehicle in neutral. The system gets activated on engaging gear.
After removing your foot from the brake pedal, the braking force is main- tained for a few seconds to prevent the vehicle from moving backward when putting into gear. This short space of time is enough to start the vehicle with ease.
157Driver assistance systems
This system also works when reversing uphill.
WARNING
If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain condi- tions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehi- cle from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal down for a few seconds before starting off.
Note The Official Service or a specialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is equipped with this system.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
158 Air control
Air control
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning system
Introduction
Dust and pollen filter
The dust and pollen filter with its activated charcoal cartridge serves as a barrier against impurities in the interior ambient air.
For the air conditioner to work with maximum efficiency, the dust and pollen filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Pro- gramme.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas with very high levels of air pollution, the filter must be changed more frequently than sta- ted in the Service Schedule.
Additional information and warnings:
SEAT information system page 22
Windscreen wash system page 91
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
WARNING
Reduced visibility through the windows increases the risk of serious acci- dents.
Ensure that all windows are free of ice and snow and that they are not fogged up preventing a clear view of everything outside.
WARNING (Continued)
The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal run- ning temperature. Only drive when you have good visibility.
Always ensure that you use the heating system, ventilation, air condi- tioner and the heated rear window to maintain good visibility.
Never leave the air recirculation on for a long period of time. If the cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode switched on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibili- ty.
Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Never leave the air fan turned off or use the air recirculation for long periods of time; the air inside the interior will not be refreshed.
CAUTION Switch the air conditioner off if you think it may be broken. This will avoid additional damage. Have the air conditioner checked by a Specialised workshop.
Repairs to the climate air conditioner specialist knowledge and special tools. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
159Air control
Note When the cooling system is turned off, air coming from the outside will not be dehumidified. To avoid fogging up the windows, SEAT recommends leav- ing the cooler (compressor) on. To do this, press the AC button. The button indicator should light up.
Note The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as possi- ble is only available when the engine has reached its normal running tem- perature.
Note Keep the air vents in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves to ensure heating and cooling are not impaired and to prevent the windows from misting over.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
160 Air control
Controls
Fig. 98 In the centre console: Heating and ventilation system rotary control.
Fig. 99 In the centre console: Air conditioning system controls.
161Air control
Control button
Additional information. Heating and ventilation system fig. 98 and air conditioning system fig. 99.
1
... Temperature. Rotate the control to adjust the temperature accordingly.
2
...
Air fan. setting 0: Air fan and air conditioning system switched off, set- ting 4: Air fan maximum setting.
3 Air distribution. Rotate the continuous control to direct the airflow to the desired area.
Heating and ventilation system: defrost function. Distribution of air to the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear vision mirror area. Air conditioning system: defrost function. Distribution of air to the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear vision mirror area. Press the AC button, increase the air fan speed and switch on the air recirculation page 163 to clear the wind- screen of condensation as soon as possible.
Air distribution towards the body.
Air distribution towards the footwell.
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell.
Air conditioner: press the button to turn off/on the cooling sys- tem page 161.
4
Air conditioner: sliding control for air recirculation page 163.
Switch off Turn the air fan switch 2 to position 0.
Heated rear window
The heated rear window button is located on the centre console. The heated rear window only works when the engine is running and switches off automatically after a maximum of 10 minutes.
WARNING
Never turn off the air fan for a long time or the air in the interior will not be refreshed.
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver and passen- ger concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Heating and ventilation system user instructions
Temperature
The desired temperature for the interior cannot be lower than that of the ex- terior air temperature, as the heating and ventilation system cannot cool or dehumidify the air.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
Set the fan fig. 98 2 to setting 1 or 2.
Turn the temperature control fig. 98 1 to the centre position.
Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel page 163.
Turn the air distribution control fig. 98 3 to the required position.
User instructions for the air conditioner*
The interior cooling system only works when the engine is running and fan is switched on.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
162 Air control
The air conditioning operates most effectively with the windows closed. However, if the vehicle has heated up after standing in the sun for some time, the air inside can be cooled more quickly by opening the windows briefly.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
When the air conditioning system is switched on, the temperature and the air humidity in the vehicle interior drop. Hence, when the outside air humid- ity is high, the windows do not mist over and comfort for the vehicle occu- pants is improved:
Disable air recirculation mode page 163.
Set the fan to the required setting.
Turn the temperature control to the centre position.
Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel page 163.
Turn the air distribution control to the defrost position.
Press the AC button to turn on cooling. The button will light up.
The cooling system does not switch on
If the air conditioning system cannot be switched on, this may be caused by the following:
The engine is not running.
The fan is switched off.
The air conditioner fuse has blown.
The outside temperature is lower than approximately +2C (+36F).
The air conditioner compressor has been temporarily switched off be- cause the engine coolant temperature is too high.
Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air conditioner checked by a Speci- alised workshop.
Things to note
If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensation can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and form a pool under- neath the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak!
Note After starting it, any residual humidity in the air conditioner could mist over the windscreen. Switch on the defrost function as soon as possible to clear the windscreen of condensation.
163Air control
Air vents
Fig. 100 Dash panel: Air vents.
Air vents
Never close the air vents fig. 100 A completely to ensure heating, cool- ing and ventilation inside the vehicle.
To open the air vents press the recess with one slat.
Change the air direction by turning the slats.
To close the air vents, fold the slats.
There are additional air vents in the centre of the dash panel and in the foot- well area.
CAUTION Never place food, medicines or other heat-sensitive objects close to the air vents. Food, medicines and other heat-sensitive objects may be damaged or made unsuitable for use by the air coming from the air vents.
Air recirculation
Important
Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient air from entering the interior.
When the outside temperature is very high or very low, selecting manual air recirculation mode for a short period refreshes or heats the interior more quickly.
Switch off air recirculation mode by turning the air distribution control to the position.
Switching the air recirculation mode on and off
Switching on: Move the sliding control fig. 99 4 to the right to maxi- mum.
Switching off: Move the sliding control fig. 99 4 as far left as possible.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
164 Air control
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Never use recirculation mode for long periods as it does not refresh the air inside the vehicle.
If the cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode switched on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limit- ing visibility.
Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
CAUTION Do not smoke when the air recirculation is activated. The smoke taken in could lie on the cooling system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen filter, leading to a permanently unpleasant smell.
165At the filling station
At the filling station
Refuelling
Introduction
The fuel tank plug is on the rear right of the vehicle.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Fuel page 169
Working in the engine compartment page 171
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire re- sulting in serious burns and injuries.
Always make sure that you correctly close the fuel tank flap to avoid evaporation and fuel spillage.
Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable substances that can cause serious burns and injuries.
Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank filler neck when refuel- ling. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
When refuelling, turn off the engine and turn off the ignition for safe- ty reasons.
Always turn off mobile telephones, radio system apparatus and other radio wave emitting equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire.
WARNING (Continued)
Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it is absolutely necessary to enter the vehicle, close the door and touch a metal surface before touching the filler nozzle again. This will prevent the generation of static electricity. Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.
Never handle fuel close to open flames, sparks or objects with slow combustion (e.g. cigarettes).
Avoid static electricity and electro-magnetic radiation when refuel- ling.
Observe the safety regulations of the service station.
Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend carrying a spare fuel canis- ter in the vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all in case of an accident and this applies to a full container as well as empty contain- ers. This could lead to explosions, fires and injuries.
Observe the following if you exceptionally have to carry fuel in a can- ister:
Never place a fuel container, to fill it, inside the vehicle or on the vehicle, for example, in the luggage compartment. Filling in these cir- cumstances could create an electrostatic charge and spark that could ignite fuel fumes.
Always place the canister on the ground to fill it.
Insert the fuel nozzle into the mouth of the canister as far as possi- ble.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
166 At the filling station
WARNING (Continued)
If you are using a metal fuel canister, the nozzle must always touch the canister while it is being filled to avoid static electricity.
Follow the legal requirements for the use, storage and transport of spare fuel canisters.
Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing stand- ards, for example, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
CAUTION Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid dam- age to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can cause serious engine and fuel system damage; the resulting malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine. This applies to even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel. You should ob- tain professional assistance. With the engine running, the composition of the wrong fuel could significantly damage the fuel system and the engine itself.
For the sake of the environment Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.
Control lamps and fuel gauge
Fig. 101 On the instru- ment panel: fuel gauge for petrol.
Fig. 102 Instrument panel display: fuel gauge for petrol.
The fuel gauge can vary depending on the vehicle equipment fig. 101 or fig. 102.
167At the filling station
lights up Gauge position fig. 101
Possible cause Solution
a) Red mark (ar- row)
The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used page 278.
Refuel as soon as possible .
a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel fig. 101.
flashes for about 10 sec-
onds
State of the bars fig. 102
Possible cause Solution
and the seg-
ments re- maininga)
Reserve zone (four small seg-
ments)
The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used page 278.
Refuel as soon as possible .
a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel display fig. 102.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could result in the vehicle breaking down in traffic and a serious accident.
If the fuel level is too low then the fuel supply to the engine can be- come irregular especially on slopes.
If the engine is choked or stalls due to lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the power steering as well as all of the driver assistance sys- tems including braking assistance will stop working.
Always refuel when there is only one quarter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of fuel.
CAUTION Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descrip- tions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition faults and unburnt fuel could enter the exhaust system. This could damage the catalytic converter.
Note The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel fig. 101 indicates the side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank plug is located.
Refuelling with petrol
Fig. 103 Open fuel tank flap with tank plug at- tached to the holder.
Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, the ignition, mobile tele- phones, auxiliary heating and keep them off during refuelling.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
168 At the filling station
Unscrewing the fuel tank plug
The fuel tank plug is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.
Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open.
Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 28.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap fig. 103.
Refuelling
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is located on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap page 169.
If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as the fuel tank is full .
Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the ex- pansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient conditions are warm.
Closing the fuel tank flap
Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clockwise direction until it is fully inserted with a click.
Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clockwise direction and remove the key.
Press the tank flap until it clicks into place. The fuel tank flap must be flush with the body contour.
WARNING
Do not continue refuelling once the fuel nozzle has switched itself off. The fuel tank may be filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
CAUTION Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid dam- age to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
For the sake of the environment Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.
Refuelling precautions
Checklist
Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not famil- iar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary page 171, Working in the engine compartment! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Check the following regularly, preferably when you refuel:
Windscreen washer fluid level page 91
Engine oil level page 176
Engine coolant level page 180
Brake fluid level page 128
Tyre pressure page 201
Vehicle lighting required to guarantee road safety:
Turn signals
Side lights, dipped beam and main beam headlights
Rear lights
Brake lights
Rear fog light page 84
Information on bulb replacement page 255.
169At the filling station
Fuel
Introduction
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
Additional information and warnings:
Booklet Maintenance Programme
Refuelling page 165
Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system page 227
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire re- sulting in serious burns and injuries.
Fuel is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance.
Observe current safety instructions and local regulations concerning the handling of fuel.
Types of fuel
The type of fuel to use when refilling will depend on the vehicle's engine. You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
SEAT recommends the use of sulphur-free or low sulphur fuel to reduce con- sumption and prevent engine damage.
Possible types of fuel
Alternative names Further information
91a) RON Normal petrol, normal unlea- ded petrol
page 169 95a) RON Premium unleaded petrol (95
RON)
98a) RON Premium unleaded petrol (98 RON)
a) RON = Regulation Octane Number
Petrol
Petrol types
Vehicles with petrol engines must refuel using unleaded petrol according to European norm EN 228 .
Petrol types are categorised according to their octane number (e.g. 91, 95, 98 or 99 RON (RON = Research Octane Number). You may use petrol with a high octane number than the one recommended for your engine. Howev- er, this has no advantage in terms of fuel consumption and engine power.
SEAT recommends refuelling with a low sulphur content or sulphur-free fuel to reduce fuel consumption for petrol engines.
Petrol additives
The quality of the fuel influences running behaviour, performance and serv- ice life of the engine. Therefore, it is recommended to refuel with good qual- ity petrol containing the corresponding petrol additives. These additives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system clean and prevent deposits from building up in the engine.
If good quality petrol with additives are not available or engine problems arise, the necessary additives must be added when refuelling .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
170 At the filling station
Not all petrol additives have been shown to be effective. The use of unsuita- ble petrol additives could seriously damage the engine and the catalytic converter. Petrol additives with metal additives must never be used.
Available petrol additives for improvements in Anti-detonation ratings or oc- tane ratings may contain metal additives .
SEAT recommends Genuine SEAT Additives for petrol engines. These addi- tives are available from Specialised workshops, who will inform you of their application.
CAUTION Only use fuel with an octane rating that is in line with the norm EN 228, otherwise significant damage could be caused to the engine and fuel sys- tem. Furthermore, it could lead to a loss of performance with the conse- quent engine fault.
The use of unsuitable petrol additives could seriously damage the en- gine and the catalytic converter.
If, in exceptional circumstances, petrol with a lower octane rating to that recommended is used, only use moderate engine speeds and a light throt- tle. Avoid using full throttle and overloading the engine. Otherwise engine damage may occur. Fill up with fuel of a suitable octane rating as soon as possible.
Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement petrol) fuels also contain high concentrations of metal addi- tives. This could damage the engine!
Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or with other metal additives would seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic converter and could damage it.
171In the engine compartment
Care, cleaning and maintenance
In the engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment
Introduction
Before working in the engine compartment, make sure that the vehicle is parked on horizontal and firm ground.
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a hazardous area. Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the op- erations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Negligent work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Windscreen wash system page 91
Start and stop the engine page 119
Brake fluid page 128
Checks when filling up page 165
Engine oil page 176
Engine coolant page 180
Vehicle battery page 184
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury.
Never work underneath the vehicle if it is not secured against moving. If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels in contact with the ground then it should be parked on flat ground, the wheels should be prevented from moving and the key must be removed from the ignition.
If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!. The jack is not intended for this kind of work and its failure could lead to severe injuries.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system.
WARNING
The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious injury.
For all type of work, always take the utmost precautions, work care- fully and note the general safety standards in force. Never take personal risks.
Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the necessary operations. If you are not sure about proce- dures then visit a Specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work. Incorrect work can cause serious injuries.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
172 In the engine compartment
WARNING (Continued)
Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment. Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns. Always wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of steam or coolant coming from the engine compartment.
Always allow the engine to cool down before opening the bonnet.
Contact with hot elements of the engine and the exhaust system can cause burns.
Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before opening the bonnet:
Apply the handbrake and position the gearbox lever in neutral.
Remove the key from the ignition.
Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave them unsupervised.
When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised. Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious injury.
After cooling, carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it.
Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth.
When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
WARNING
The high voltages of the electrical system can give electric shocks as well as causing burns and serious injury and possibly even death!
Never cause short circuits in the electrical system. The battery could explode.
To minimise the risk of electric shock and serious consequences while the engine is running or starting the engine, note the following:
Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
WARNING
In the engine compartment, there are rotating parts that could cause se- rious injury.
Never place your hands directly on or near the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The ventilator works accord- ing to the engine temperature and could start suddenly even when the ig- nition is turned off and the key is removed.
If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with the engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk from the rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan etc as well as from the high-voltage ignition system. Always work with the utmost caution.
Always make sure that no parts of your body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and long hair can be trapped by the rotating parts of the en- gine. Before any work, remove ties and jewellery ( necklaces, etc), tie longhair back and tie all items of loose clothing to your body to make sure that they cannot be trapped by engine components.
Take extreme caution when operating the accelerator and remain attentive. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
Always make sure you have not left any objects, such as cloths or tools, in the engine compartment. If any object is left in the engine com- partment, this could cause malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire.
173In the engine compartment
WARNING
Refill liquids and certain materials can catch fire easily in the engine compartment, causing a fire and serious injury!
Never smoke.
Never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.
Never pour service fluids over the engine. These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and cause injuries.
If it is necessary to work on the fuel system or the electrical system, please follow the instructions below:
Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
Never work close to heaters, heat sources or places exposed to flames or sparks.
Always keep a recently serviced and perfectly working fire extin- guisher close by.
CAUTION When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!
For the sake of the environment Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil or other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- fessional to dispose of them.
Preparing the vehicle for work in the engine compartment
Checklist
Carry out the operations below in the order indicated before starting work in the engine compartment :
Park the vehicle on an even and solid surface.
Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a stand- still.
Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
Move the gear lever into the neutral position page 124.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition page 119.
Wait for the engine to cool down.
Always keep children and other people far from the engine compart- ment.
Ensure that the vehicle can not move off unexpectedly.
WARNING
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
Ignoring this checklist, drawn up for your own safety, could result in serious injury.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
174 In the engine compartment
Opening and closing the bonnet
Fig. 104 A: Release lever in the footwell on the driver side. B: Release lever on the bonnet.
Fig. 105 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bon- net supported by the bonnet securing rod.
175In the engine compartment
Opening the bonnet
Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms are in place against the windscreen .
Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of the arrow fig. 104 A. The bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism .
Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever 2 B in the direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet.
Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the ar- row 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position 4 D (arrow).
Closing the bonnet
Slightly lift the bonnet .
Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch 4 D and insert it into its clip 3 C in the opening catch.
Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pres- sure!
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correct- ly.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush with the corresponding parts on the bodywork.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could suddenly open while driving leaving the driver without visibility. This could result in serious accident.
After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured by the locking mechanism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body panels.
While driving, if you notice that the bonnet is not correctly closed then stop immediately and close it correctly.
Only open and close the bonnet when there is nobody within its range.
CAUTION To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only open the bonnet when the windscreen wipers are in place against the wind- screen.
Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
176 In the engine compartment
Engine oil
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Booklet Maintenance Programme
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause injury and serious burns.
Always protect your eyes when handling engine oil.
Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
Engine oil must only be kept closed in its original container. The same applies to use oil until it has been disposed of.
Never store engine oil in empty food containers or bottles as other people may accidentally drink it.
Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come into contact with engine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.
With the engine running, the engine oil gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin burns. Always wait until the engine has fully cooled.
For the sake of the environment Similar to the other service liquids, spilled engine oil can be bad for the en- vironment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environ- ment.
Warning and control lamps
flashes Possible cause Solution
Engine oil pressure too low.
Stop the vehicle! Switch off the engine. Check the engine oil level, and if necessa- ry, refill with page 177. engine oil - If the warning indica- tor flashes although the oil level is correct, do not continue driv- ing or leave the engine running. Otherwise, the engine could be damaged. You should obtain professional assistance.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Engine oil specifications
Replacement engine oil must strictly comply with the specifications.
177In the engine compartment
The correct oil must be used to ensure the correct operation and long serv- ice life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil that can generally be used all year round.
Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible . Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in accordance with the corresponding SEAT standard (table on page 177). All oils indicated are synthetic multigrade oils.
Engine oils are being continuously further developed. Technical Services are permanently informed of any modifications. SEAT therefore recommends that you have the engine oil changed by a Technical Service.
Engines
Specifications of engine oil with a service dependent on time/dis-
tance travelled (QG0, QG2, QG3)
Petrol engines 44 kW 55 kW VW 504 00, VW 502 00
CAUTION Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of any other type of engine oil could cause engine damage!
No additives should be used with engine oil. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.
Checking the engine oil level and topping up
Fig. 106 Marked engine oil dipstick.
Fig. 107 In the engine compartment: Engine oil filler cap.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
178 In the engine compartment
Preparations
Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the engine oil reading is correct.
The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump.
Open the bonnet page 171.
The engine oil filler opening can be recognised by the symbol on the cap fig. 107 and the dipstick by its coloured handle.
Check the engine oil level
Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean cloth.
Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube.
Remove the dipstick again and check the engine oil level table on page 178.
After reading the oil level, replace the dipstick in the tube completely.
Engine oil topping up ranges
fig. 106 Operations required depending on the engine oil topping up level:
Area A Do not top up oil .
Area B Oil can be added (about 0.5 ltr) The oil level can be in the zone A , but never above A .
Area C : Oil must be added (about 1.0 ltr) Make sure that, after re- filling the oil, the level is approximately in the centre of zone B .
Adding oil after checking the level
Only add engine oil in small quantities and in steps.
Unscrew the cap from engine oil filler opening on the cylinder head fig. 107. If you are not sure where the cap is, request help from a special- ist.
Only refill using approved SEAT engine oil in small quantities (no more than 0.5 ltr) page 176.
To avoid adding too much oil, each time you add a quantity, wait until the oil has flowed into the crankcase so that it can be measured with the dipstick.
Check the oil level before adding any more oil. Do not top up with too much engine oil .
When the oil level is in at least the fig. 106 B zone, insert the dip- stick into the tube fully to avoid engine oil escaping when the engine is run- ning.
After topping up the oil, ensure that the cap is screwed on to the filler mouth correctly.
WARNING
Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact with hot engine components. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is cor- rectly tightened. This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot engine parts when the engine is running.
CAUTION If the engine oil level is above the area A do not start the engine. You should obtain professional assistance. Otherwise catalytic converter and engine damage may occur.
When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liq- uids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause seri- ous malfunctions and damage the engine!
179In the engine compartment
For the sake of the environment The oil level must never be above area A . Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the ex- haust system.
Engine oil consumption
The consumption of engine oil can be different from one engine to another and can vary during the useful life of the engine.
Depending on how you drive and the conditions in which the vehicle is used, oil consumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the case of new vehi- cles, the consumption can exceed this figure over 5000 kilometres. For this reason the engine oil level must be checked at regular intervals, preferably when filling the tank and before a journey.
When the engine is working hard, for instance during sustained high-speed motorway cruising in summer, or when climbing mountain passes, the oil level should preferably be kept within area fig. 106 A .
Changing the engine oil
The engine oil must be changed regularly according to the specifications of the Maintenance Programme.
Due to the problems linked with disposing of used oil and the need for suit- able tools and special knowledge, always visit a Specialised workshop to have the engine oil and filter changed. SEAT recommends visiting a Techni- cal Service.
Detailed information on the service intervals are shown in the Maintenance Programme.
Engine oil additives make new oil darker after the engine has been running for a short period. This is normal and does not mean more frequent oil changes are required.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must change the engine oil yourself, please note the following:
Wear eye protection.
Always wait until the engine has completely cooled to avoid being burned.
Always keep your arms horizontal when unscrewing the oil drainage bolt so that the oil does not run down your arms when it begins to drain.
Use a suitable and large enough container to collect all of the used oil in the engine.
Never collect engine oil in empty food containers, cans, bottles and other containers as not all people are able to identify engine oil.
Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
For the sake of the environment Before changing the engine oil, find a suitable location or service for proper disposal.
For the sake of the environment Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost respect for the environment. Never dispose of used engine oil in places such as a garden, woods, drains, roads, paths, rivers and drainage systems.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
180 In the engine compartment
Engine coolant
Introduction
Never work on the engine cooling system or if you are not familiar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. SEAT rec- ommends visiting a Technical Service.
Negligent work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Engine coolant is toxic!
Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in a safe place.
Never store engine coolant in empty food containers or bottles as other people may accidentally drink it.
Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children.
Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficient clothing could freeze.
For the sake of the environment Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Coolant warning lamp
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
lights up
Possible cause Solution
Excessive engine coolant temperature.
Stop the vehicle! Stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos- sible. Switch off the engine and let it cool.
Insufficient engine cool- ant level.
Stop the vehicle! Check the engine coolant when the en- gine has cooled and, if it is low, refill with engine coolant page 182.
Engine coolant system faulty.
Do not drive any further. Obtain professional assistance.
flash- es
Possible cause Solution
Engine coolant system faulty.
You should obtain professional assis- tance.
181In the engine compartment
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Always observe any lit warning lamps.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Note On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) page 213 an engine coolant temperature gauge can be seen.
Engine coolant specifications
The engine cooling system comes with a special mixture of water and at least 40% G 12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) or G 12 plus (TL-VW 774 F) engine coolant additive. Both are easily recognisable because they are purple in colour.
This mixture gives the necessary frost protection down to -25C (-13F) and protects the alloy parts of the cooling system against corrosion. It also pre- vents scaling and raises the boiling point of the coolant.
To protect the engine cooling system, the proportion of additive must al- ways be at least 40%, even if frost protection is not required in countries with a warm climate.
If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates, the proportion of additive can be increased. However, the percentage of additive should not
exceed 60 %, as this would reduce the frost protection and, in turn, de- crease the cooling capacity.
When adding coolant, a mixture of distilled water and at least 40 % of the additive G 12 plus-plus must be use to ensure optimum rust protection .
WARNING
In the event of insufficient antifreeze protection in the engine liquid cool- ing system, the engine could be damaged and severe injuries caused.
Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficient clothing could freeze.
CAUTION Never mix genuine additives with other additives that are not approved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing severe damage to the engine and the engine cooling system.
The engine coolant G 12 plus-plus can be mixed with G 12 plus and G 11.
If the fluid in the expansion tank is not purple but, for example, brown, this means that you have mixed G 12 plus-plus or G 12 plus with another coolant. The coolant must be changed as soon as possible if this is the case! Using the wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
For the sake of the environment Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
182 In the engine compartment
Checking the engine coolant level and refilling
Fig. 108 In the engine compartment: Marking on coolant expansion tank.
Fig. 109 In the engine compartment: Coolant expansion tank cap.
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warning indicator will light.
Preparations
Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ground.
Allow the engine to cool .
Open the bonnet page 171.
The coolant expansion tank is easily recognisable because of the sym- bol on the cap fig. 109.
Checking the engine coolant level
When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking on the expansion tank fig. 108.
If the level is below the MIN mark, top up with coolant. When the en- gine is hot it may be slightly above the marked area.
Topping up the engine coolant level
Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap.
Remove the cap very carefully .
Only refill using new engine coolant according to SEAT specifications (page 181) .
The engine coolant level should be between the marks on the coolant expansion tank fig. 108. Do not exceed the top level of the marked area .
Screw on the cap tightly.
If, the event of an emergency, you have no coolant that is compliant to the required specifications (page 181), never use another type of addi- tive. Instead, first top up with distilled water only. Then re-establish the correct proportion of the mixture with the correct additive as soon as possible page 181.
183In the engine compartment
WARNING
Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
Never open the coolant expansion tank if steam or coolant is coming from the engine compartment. Wait until you cannot see or hear any steam or coolant escaping.
Always wait until the engine has completely cooled before very care- fully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot elements of the engine can cause skin burns.
Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before opening the bonnet:
Apply the handbrake and position the gearbox lever in neutral.
Remove the key from the ignition.
Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave them unsupervised.
When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised. Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns and serious injury.
Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise, gently press- ing down on it.
Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam using a large, thick cloth.
When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under specific cir- cumstances, the ethylene glycol can catch fire.
CAUTION Top up with distilled water only. Any other type of water may lead to con- siderable rusting in the engine due to its chemical components. This could consequently damage the engine. If you have not used distilled water but another type of water to top up the coolant, a Specialised workshop must immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system.
Only top up coolant to the top level of the marked area fig. 108. Other- wise the excess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the engine is hot, causing damage.
If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down completely before adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an indication of leaks in the engine cooling system. Have the engine cooling system inspec- ted immediately by a Specialised workshop. Otherwise engine damage may occur.
When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liq- uids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause seri- ous malfunctions and damage the engine!
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
184 In the engine compartment
Vehicle battery
Introduction
The battery is a component of the vehicle's electrical system.
Never work on the electrical system without fully understanding the opera- tions required, the applicable safety standards and without the correct tools ! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. Negligent work can cause serious injury.
Location of the vehicle battery
The battery is located in the engine compartment.
Explanation of the warning indications on the vehicle's battery
Symbol Meaning
Wear eye protection!
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Always wear protective gloves and eye protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batteries!
Additional information and warnings:
Booklet Maintenance Programme
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Working on the vehicle battery and the electrical system can cause corro- sion, fire and electric shocks. Always read and take into account the fol- lowing warnings and safety standards before carrying out any work:
Before working on the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and all electrical devices then disconnect the negative connection on the bat- tery.
Keep children away from acid and the battery itself!
Wear eye protection.
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
Do not smoke and never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.
Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when working with cables and electrical devices.
Never short the battery terminals.
Never use a damaged battery. It can explode. Replace a damaged bat- tery immediately.
Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as soon as possible. A flat bat- tery can freeze at temperatures around 0C (+32F).
CAUTION Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the en- gine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic com- ponents.
Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time, as the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
If the vehicle is left standing for long periods, protect the battery from extreme cold temperature so that it does not freeze up and become dam- aged.
185In the engine compartment
Warning lamp
lights up
Possible cause Solution
Faulty generator.
Contact a Specialised workshop. Have the electrical system checked. Disconnect any unnecessary electrical consumers. The gener- ator does not charge the battery while the vehicle is in motion.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries.
Never ignore the warning lamps.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle.
Checking the electrolyte level of the vehicle battery
Fig. 110 In the engine compartment: Remove the cover from the vehi- cle's battery.
The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries. Other batteries do not re- quire maintenance.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batter- ies. For technical reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these batteries.
Preparations
Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine compartment page 171
Open the bonnet page 171.
Press on the tabs fig. 110 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and lift the battery cover up.
Checking the battery electrolyte level
Make sure there is sufficient lighting to clearly recognise the colours. Never use open flames or sparklers as a light source.
Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery will change colour.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
186 In the engine compartment
Colour indicator Necessary operations
light yellow or col- ourless
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is too low. Have the battery checked and, where applicable, re- placed by a Specialised workshop.
black The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is correct.
WARNING
Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions and electric shock.
Always wear protective gloves and eye protection.
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid could spill out of the open- ings to release gases and cause corrosion damage.
Never open the vehicle battery.
If battery acid splashes on you, immediately rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with water for several minutes. Then seek medical care imme- diately.
If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately.
Charging, replacing and connecting or disconnecting the battery
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a Specialised workshop only, as batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be charged in a controlled environment . SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Replacing a vehicle battery
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and has special safety features. If the battery must be replaced, consult a Tech- nical Service for information on electromagnetic compatibility, the size and maintenance, performance and safety requirements of the new battery in your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT recommends you have the bat- tery replaced by a Technical Service.
Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated April 2008 or later.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with a special bat- tery. Therefore, this battery must only be replaced by another of the same specifications.
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
If you must disconnect the battery from the electrical system, please note the following:
Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
The vehicle must be unlocked before disconnecting the battery, other- wise the alarm will be triggered.
First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive .
Connecting the vehicle's battery
Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and electric devices.
First reconnect the positive cable and then the negative .
Different control lamps may light up after connecting the battery and switch- ing the ignition on. They will be turned off after a short trip at a speed of between 15 - 20 km/h (10 - 12 mph). If the warning indicators remain lit, please visit a specialised workshop to have the vehicle checked.
If the battery has been disconnected for a long time, it is possible that the next service date is not displayed or calculated correctly page 17. Respect
187In the engine compartment
the maximum service intervals permitted Booklet Maintenance Programme.
Automatic consumer disconnection
The intelligent vehicle electrical system automatically implements a range of measures to prevent the battery from discharging when high demands are made on it:
the idling speed is increased so that the alternator provides more elec- tricity.
where necessary, the power of the most powerful consumers is reduced or even completely disconnected.
On starting the engine, the power supply from the 12-volt socket and the cigarette lighter may be interrupted for a short time.
The on-board management program cannot always prevent the battery from running flat. For example, if the ignition is left on for a long period with the engine off or if the side lights or parking lights are left on while the vehicle is stationary.
Why the battery runs flat:
When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly if the ignition is switched on.
Use of electrical consumers with the engine switched off.
WARNING
Incorrectly securing the battery or using the wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire and serious injuries.
Always use only maintenance free batteries, protected to prevent a leak, and whose properties, specifications and size correspond to the standard battery.
WARNING
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge.
The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room only.
Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0C (+32F).
Always replace a battery which has frozen.
Battery cables not correctly connected may cause a short circuit. Re- connect first the positive cable and then the negative cable.
CAUTION Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the en- gine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic com- ponents.
Never plug accessories supply current, such as solar panels or a battery charger, to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter. This could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment Dispose of the battery in an environment-friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead.
For the sake of the environment Battery acid can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service flu- ids and allow a dispose of them correctly.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
188 Vehicle care and maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior
Introduction
Regular maintenance and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle. This may also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty claims in the event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle are available at any Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior page 196
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care prod- ucts are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in acci- dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container which should be kept closed.
Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food cans, bottles or other containers.
Keep all care products out of reach of children.
WARNING (Continued)
Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products. Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air.
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the ve- hicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
For the sake of the environment Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In some districts, washing vehicles outside wash bays is prohibited.
For the sake of the environment Where possible, always use products which respect the environment.
189Vehicle care and maintenance
For the sake of the environment The remains of vehicle care products should not be disposed of with ordina- ry household waste. Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
Washing the vehicle
The longer substances such as insects, bird droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, industrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive ma- terials remain on the vehicle, the more damage they do to the paintwork. High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the corrosive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should also be thoroughly wash- ed at regular intervals.
Automatic car washes
Always observe the instructions provided at the automatic car wash. The standard precautionary measures prior to entering the car wash should be taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior mir- rors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial...), check with the car wash supervisor whether these can enter the car wash .
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed without problems in an automatic car washing tunnel. However, wear and damage to the paintwork will depend on the type of car wash used. SEAT recommends the use of car washes without brushes.
To remove traces of wax on windows and to prevent wiper blades from scratching, please observe the following page 191, Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors.
Washing the vehicle by hand
When washing the vehicle by hand, use plenty of water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as well as possible.
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, glove or brush using only slight pressure. Start at the roof and work downwards. Special vehicle shampoo should only be used for very persistent dirt.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and often.
Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned last. Use a second sponge for this.
WARNING
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause injury.
Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or the interior of the wheel hubs.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced (and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter) on the brakes.
Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in the process.
CAUTION The temperature of the water must not exceed +60C (+140F).
To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to clean away the traces of insects.
Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to use soapy water.
Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
190 Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION To prevent damage to the vehicle, please observe the following before en- tering an automatic car wash:
Compare the distance between the vehicle wheels and the distance be- tween the guide-rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the wheels and tyres!
Switch off the rain sensor before taking the vehicle to an automatic car wash.
Compare the height and width of your vehicle with the available height and width when entering and driving through the car wash!
Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retractable exterior mirrors must NOT be folded in or out by hand. Always use the electrical power control.
To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, rest the windscreen wipers on the windscreen after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them fall!
Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening unexpectedly while inside the car wash.
Washing the vehicle with high pressure cleaning apparatus
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, always follow the operating instructions for the equipment. Pay special attention to the re- quired pressure of the jet and the distance between the jet and the vehicle .
Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, such as rubber hoses or insu- lating material, and from the parking distance warning system sensors. The sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear bumper .
Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in a direct stream or one that has a rotating jet for forcing off dirt .
WARNING
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning equipment could result in permanent damage, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other materials. This could result in serious accident.
Ensure there is a suitable distance between the nozzle and the tyres.
Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or so-called dirt blasters. Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times, you may dam- age the tyres.
WARNING
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced (and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter) on the brakes.
Dry the brakes and remove ice by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in the process.
CAUTION The temperature of the water must not be above +60C (+140F).
To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
To ensure that the system functions well, the sensors located on the bumper must be kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning with pressure hoses and steam cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A distance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam / hose nozzle must be observed.
Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from windows
Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
191Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Spray windows and exterior windows with a standard window cleaner con- taining alcohol.
Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth. The cha- mois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for cleaning win- dows because they are soiled with wax deposits which could smear the win- dows.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone deposits off .
Removing wax deposits
Automatic car washes and certain vehicle care products may leave wax de- posits on the windows. These deposits can only be removed with a special product or cleaning cloths. If wax deposits are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the wax deposits off the windscreen and the rear window with a soft cloth each time after you have washed the vehicle.
A window cleaning detergent which helps to dissolve the wax may be added to the windscreen washer fluid to prevent the wiper blades from scratching the windscreen. Please ensure the you add the cleaning product in the cor- rect proportions. Products for removing grease do not eliminate the wax de- posits .
Special cleaning products or window cloths are available at any Technical Service. To remove wax deposits, SEAT recommends the following products:
For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer use G 052 184 A1. Proportion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts water) in the windscreen washer bottle.
All year round: the window cleaner G 052 164 A2; Proportion 1:2 in windscreen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in winter, up to -18C (-0,4F), or 1:4, during the rest of the year.
Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all windows and exterior mirrors.
Removing snow
Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and exterior mirrors.
Removing ice
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one direction only without swinging it. If you pull the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch the window.
WARNING
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in all directions and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.
Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
Remove ice and snow from the windows and demist inside and out.
CAUTION Never mix our cleaning products with other products not recommended by SEAT in the windscreen washer bottle. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer jets.
Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice or snow from the windows and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack!
The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating elements and never clean the inside of the rear window with corrosive or acid products or other similar chemical cleaning products.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
192 Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning and changing windscreen wiper blades
Fig. 111 Changing the front windscreen wiper blades
Fig. 112 Changing the rear wiper blade.
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graph- ite. This layer is responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. If the graph- ite layer is damaged, the noise of the water as it is wiped across the wind- screen will be louder.
Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly. If the wipers scrape across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, or cleaned if they are dirty .
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately. Blades are availa- ble from Specialised workshops.
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms
The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point where it is fastened to the blade.
For windscreen wipers, please note: the windscreen wiper should be in service position before unfolding it page 91.
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper blades.
If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used .
Changing the front windscreen wiper blades
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
Hold down the release button fig. 111 1 while gently pulling the wip- er blade in the direction of the arrow.
Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into place.
Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.
Changing the rear wiper blade
Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at an angle of approximately 60 fig. 112.
Press and hold the release button 1 .
Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm fig. 112 (ar- row A ) while simultaneously pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may require some strength.
193Vehicle care and maintenance
Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper arm in the opposite direction to the arrow B and hook into place. This fea- ture is operational when the blade is in position (arrow A ).
Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply drop down!
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of acci- dent and serious injury.
Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly.
CAUTION Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the glass.
If products containing solvents, rough sponges or sharp objects are used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be damaged.
Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to clean the windows.
Note If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or other care products, are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. Remove wax deposits with a special product or cleaning cloths.
Caring for and polishing the vehicle paintwork
Waxing
Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is time to apply a good coat of wax when water no longer forms droplets and rolls off the clean paintwork.
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the automatic car wash, SEAT rec- ommends protecting the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
Polishing
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss can- not be brought back by applying wax.
If the polish does not contain wax, a wax product should be applied after polishing.
CAUTION To prevent damage, vehicle polish or hard wax should not be used on components painted in matt paint, plastic components and the glass head- lamp and tail light covers.
Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
Care and cleaning of chrome and aluminium wheel rims
Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth to clean anodized surfaces.
If there is a lot of dirt, use a special cleaning product which does not contain solvents.
Then, polish the chrome and aluminium wheel trims with a smooth dry cloth.
CAUTION In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims:
Do not clean or polish them in direct sunlight.
Do not clean or polish them in sandy or dusty environments.
Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such as home cream cleaners.
Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, or similar products to clean insect deposits.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
194 Vehicle care and maintenance
Do not polish dirty surfaces.
Do not use products containing solvents.
Do not use hard wax.
CAUTION Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have been painted additionally. Do not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor chrome or alu- minium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish.
Cleaning wheels
Cleaning steel wheels
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Therefore, clean wheel rims regularly with a separate sponge.
Any damage to the paint on steel wheel rims should be touched up before the metal starts to rust.
Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
Remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels approximately once a fortnight. Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about once every three months.
It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at regular intervals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheel rims. Vehicle polish or oth- er abrasive agents should not be used.
If the protective coating on the paint has been damaged (for example, hit by a stone), it should be repaired immediately.
Caring for rubber seals
The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., remain flexible, provide a better seal and last longer if they are regularly treated with a product specifically designed for use on rubber.
Before applying the product, use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the rubber seals.
De-icing the door lock cylinder
To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend the use of genuine SEAT spray with lubricating and anti-corrosive properties.
CAUTION The use of products containing degreasing agents to de-ice the locks may rust the lock cylinder.
Protection of vehicle undercarriage
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical and mechanical damage. The protective coat on the undercarriage may wear through use while driving. Therefore, SEAT recommends that the protective coating on the undercarriage and on the running gear should be regularly checked, and repaired if necessary.
195Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion products could catch fire due to the high temperatures reached by the exhaust gas system and other en- gine components.
Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the ve- hicle which reach high temperatures.
Cleaning the engine compartment
The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous area page 171.
The engine compartment should only be cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating and consequently elec- trical components may be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into the vehicle interior through the water chamber .
If the engine compartment is very dirty, always take the vehicle to a Special- ised workshop for professional cleaning. SEAT recommends visiting a Tech- nical Service.
Water box
The water box is in the engine compartment, between the windscreen and the engine, and beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in through the wa- ter box from outside to the vehicle interior via the heating and air condition- ing system.
Leaves and other loose objects should be regularly cleaned away from the water box either by hand or with a vacuum.
WARNING
When working on the engine or in the engine compartment, there is a risk of injury, burns, accident or fire.
Before starting work, please ensure you are familiar with the required procedure and the safety precautions page 171.
SEAT recommends you have this work performed by a specialised workshop.
CAUTION If water is manually poured into the water box (for example, using a high pressure cleaning appliance), this could cause significant damage to the ve- hicle.
For the sake of the environment Only wash the engine compartment in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In some districts, the engine compartment may not be washed outside the wash bays provided for this purpose.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
196 Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior
Introduction
The dye from many items of modern clothing (e.g. dark jeans) is not always solid enough. Seat upholstery (material and leather), especially when light- coloured, may visibly discolour if the dye comes out of clothing (even when used correctly). This is not an upholstery defect but indicates that the dye in the item of clothing is not solid enough.
Additional information and warnings:
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care prod- ucts are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in acci- dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container which should be kept closed.
Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food cans, bottles or other containers.
Keep all care products out of reach of children.
Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products. Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air.
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the ve- hicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised workshop.
Note Suitable vehicle care products are available from your Technical Service.
197Vehicle care and maintenance
Treating your upholstery
Check list
For information on how to treat and care for the vehicle upholstery, please bear the following in mind :
Before entering the vehicle, fasten all Velcro fastenings which could come into contact with upholstery and coverings. If the Velcro fasten- ings on upholstery and material covers are not securely fastened, this could damage them.
To prevent damage, do not allow the upholstery or covers to come into contact with sharp or decorative objects. Decorative objects such as zips, rivets and rhinestones on clothing and belts.
Dust and grit in the pores and seams should be removed regularly to prevent them scratching and damaging the surface.
Always check that the dyes used in clothing are fast to prevent them from staining the upholstery. This is particularly true for clear-col- oured upholstery.
CAUTION Failure to observe the instructions in the check list for caring for your up- holstery could result in damage or discolouration of the upholstery and cov- ers.
Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
Note SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to treat any stains on the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing.
Padding and fabric trim cleaning
Normal cleaning
Before applying cleaning products, please read the instructions for han- dling and the warnings shown on the container.
The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet should be regularly vacuumed (with vacuum brush).
We recommend that you use a soft sponge or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth for normal cleaning .
General superficial dirt on upholstery and textile covers can be cleaned with a normal foam cleaning product.
If the upholstery and the material trims are very dirty, we recommend you have them cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.
Cleaning stains
It may be necessary to clean the whole surface and not only the stain itself. Especially if the surface has been dirtied through normal use. Otherwise, the stained area may become lighter than the rest of the surface after treat- ment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
198 Vehicle care and maintenance
Type of stain Cleaning the vehicle
Water-based stains, e.g. coffee or fruit juice.
Use a sponge and wipe with a solution of water and wool wash. Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.
Persistent stains, e.g. chocolate or make-up.
Apply a washing pastea) directly to the stain and allow it to work. Apply clean water using a sponge or damp cloth to remove the cleaning product deposits. Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.
Grease-based stains, e.g. oil or lip- stick.
Apply neutral soap or cleaning pastea) and allow it to work. Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with an absorbent cloth. Then apply clean water. Take care not to soak the upholstery.
a) Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.
CAUTION Brushes should only be used to clean the mats and floor mat! Other surfa- ces may be damaged if a brush is used.
CAUTION Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted in the material when steam is applied.
CAUTION Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the surface.
Cleaning storage compartments, drinks holders and ashtray
Fig. 113 In the front part of the centre console: Storage compartment with cup holder.
Fig. 114 Ashtray re- moved and open with area to stub cigarettes.
199Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks holders
Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
If this does not provide satisfactory results, we recommend using a spe- cial solvent-free plastic cleaning product.
Cleaning the ashtray
Extract the ashtray and empty it.
Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from the area where cigarettes are stubbed out fig. 114.
Care and cleaning of plastic parts, wooden trim and the dash panel
Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the vehicle) and the dash panel with a special solvent-free product for the care and cleaning of plastic, ap- proved by SEAT .
Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and water solution.
Clean the Portable Navigation System housing (Supplied by SEAT) with a dry cloth only.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could cause serious injury.
Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules with cleaners containing solvents.
CAUTION When cleaning the instrument panel, be careful not to dampen the Portable Navigation System connections as this can damage the electrical installa- tion.
Cleaning seat belts
If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor may not work correctly thus preventing the seat belt from operating correctly.
The seat belts should never be removed from the vehicle for cleaning.
Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt .
Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap and water solution.
Wait until they are completely dry.
Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is completely dry.
WARNING
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the web- bing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehicle should be taken to a Specialised workshop immediately and the belts should be re- placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and could result in serious injury or loss of life.
Seat belts and their components must never be cleaned with chemi- cal products, nor should they be allowed to come into contact with corro- sive liquids, solvents or sharp objects. This could affect the strength of the seat belt webbing.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
200 Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING (Continued)
Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Damp could damage the belt retractor so that it is does not operate correctly.
Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings. This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself.
Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent dam- age. The belt anchor points should also be checked.
201Vehicle care and maintenance
Wheels and tyres
Introduction
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and wheels is carried out by a Speci- alised workshop. They have the necessary special tools and replacement parts, trained personnel and facilities for disposing of the old tyres. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
Transporting page 97
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
Notes for the user page 224
Vehicle tool kit page 237
Wheel trims page 239
Changing a wheel page 241
Anti-puncture kit page 247
WARNING
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn or damaged.
Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could make driving more dangerous and result in serious accidents and damage.
All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in. To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be tak- en for the first 600 km.
WARNING (Continued)
Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure they are maintained at the pressures indicated. If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could over- heat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.
Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on damaged or worn tyres could result in burst tyres, seri- ous accidents or damage. Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced im- mediately.
Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the type of tyre fitted on your vehicle.
The efficiency of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the grip of the tyres.
If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the vehicle immediately and check the tyres and wheels for damage.
To minimise the risk of losing control of the vehicle or causing a seri- ous accident, never undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.
Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are not sure of their previous history. They may be damaged, although the damage is not immediately visible.
Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst un- expectedly while driving, especially at high speeds, resulting in serious accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
Note For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of wheel. Please refer to the vehicle documents or ask at a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
202 Vehicle care and maintenance
About your tyres and wheels
Fig. 115 Diagram for changing wheels
The tyres of a vehicle are the components which are subjected to most stress and are the most underestimated. Tyres are very important, as the support offered by their narrow surface is the only point of contact between the vehicle and the road.
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving style, the care they receive and the correct fitting.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteris- tics of the vehicle and our critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels
If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.
Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).
Remove any foreign bodies found on the outside of the tread provided they have not passed through the wall of the tyre page 207.
The instructions for tyre control systems should always be observed.
Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as possible page 207.
Regularly check tyres for non-visible damage page 207.
Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the type of tyre fitted on your vehicle page 209.
Do not allow tyres (including the spare wheel) to come into contact with aggressive substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid .
Lost valve caps should be replaced immediately.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread page 209. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with ex- treme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of partic- ular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Interchanging tyres
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres the wheels should be changed round from time to time according to the system fig. 115. All the tyres will then last for about the same time.
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to have the tyres changed.
Tyres that are over 6 years old
Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a result of physical and chemical processes. This may affect their performance. Tyres which are stored for long periods of time without being used, harden and become more fragile than tyres which are in constant use.
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres. This also applies to tyres (including the spare wheel) which appear to be in
203Vehicle care and maintenance
perfect condition on the outside and which have a tread depth within the values stipulated by the Law .
The date of manufacture, part of the tyre identification number (TIN), indi- cates the age of the tyre () page 209.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards, backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them correctly when you replace them. When removed, the wheels and/or tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark location. Do not place tyres mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt by storing them in suitable bags and standing them on the ground on their tread.
WARNING
Aggressive fluids or substances could result in visible or invisible dam- age with the consequent risks.
Always ensure that tyres do not come into contact with chemical products, oil, grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substances.
WARNING
Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unex- pectedly while driving, resulting in serious accident or damage.
If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emer- gency and with extreme caution.
For the sake of the environment Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified personnel according to the laws in the country concerned.
Wheel rims
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly page 241.
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of wheel.
The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the character- istics of the vehicle and are critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque page 241.
Beadlock wheel rims
Beadlock wheel rims have various components. These are joined together by special bolts using a special procedure. This ensures good performance, a better seal, improved safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn rims should always be replaced and must only be repaired in a Specialised work- shop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service .
Wheel trims with bolted trims
Wheel trims may be fitted with interchangeable trim parts which are attach- ed to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should only be replaced at a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service .
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
204 Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING
The use of worn or damaged wheel trims could make driving more dan- gerous and result in serious accidents and damage.
Only wheel trims which have been approved for use with your vehicle should be used.
Inspect wheel trims regularly for damage and replace as required.
WARNING
If the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims are not correctly tightened or loosened, this could result in serious accident.
Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
Any work relating to wheel trims with bolted trims should be carried out at Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Serv- ice.
Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims
New tyres
When tyres are new, drive with extreme caution for the first 600 km, as all tyres need to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run-in do not have such good grip or braking capacity .
All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of tyre and the tread pattern.
Replacing tyres
Where possible, always replace both wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front axle or both wheels on the rear axle) .
Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corre- sponding type vehicle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maxi- mum load and speed capacity.
Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they may knock or rub against the chassis or other components, resulting in damage.
WARNING
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their max- imum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be taken for the first 600 km.
WARNING
There should be adequate space between the tyres and the vehicle in ac- cordance with the vehicle design. If this is not the case, the tyres may rub against parts of the running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst tyres.
The true tyre dimension should not be greater than the dimensions of tyres manufactured and approved by SEAT and should not rub against parts of the vehicle.
Note Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions of different types of tyre may vary with respect to the nominal size, or tread patterns may be different.
205Vehicle care and maintenance
Note If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre dimensions will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre vendor should provide the manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indicat- ing that this type of tyre is suitable for your vehicle. This certificate should always be carried with the vehicle.
Tyre pressures
Fig. 116 Position of tyre pressure specification plate.
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at the factory is shown on a label and is valid for summer and winter tyres. This label fig. 116 is either in the driver door strut or inside the fuel cap.
Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce the life of the tyres considerably and also impair the vehicle's handling . It is essential to maintain the correct tyre pressures, especially if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before starting a journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pressures are greater.
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the required pressure. This could result in very low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden blow-outs.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
206 Vehicle care and maintenance
Checking tyre pressures
Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle has not been driven for more than a few kilometres at low speeds in the past three hours.
Check tyre pressures regularly, and only when the tyres are cold. Always check all tyres, including the spare wheel. Check tyre pressures more often in colder regions, and only when the vehicle has not been driven recently. Always use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.
Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in the vehicle.
After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that the caps are properly screwed.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel must be at the maximum pres- sure specified.
WARNING
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while driving. This could result in serious accident.
If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.
When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could sud- denly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, with the resul- tant loss of control of the vehicle.
Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of the tyre, affecting the vehicle's performance.
Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, at least once a month and before long journeys.
Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the vehicle load.
Never deflate excess pressure from hot tyres.
CAUTION Take care not to tilt the manometer when placing it on the valve. Other- wise, the valve may be damaged.
To avoid damage to the valves, always replace valve caps correctly. Check that the caps are identical to the standard caps and have been cor- rectly tightened.
For the sake of the environment Under-inflated tyres will increase the fuel consumption.
Tread depth and wear indicators
Fig. 117 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators.
Tread depth
Certain driving conditions require a deeper tread, as well as needing the tread to be approximately the same on the front and rear tyres. This is par- ticularly important when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet roads .
207Vehicle care and maintenance
The minimum tread depth required by law in the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indicators. Observe legal requirements in each country.
The performance of winter tyres is much reduced when the tread has worn to 4 mm (5/32 inch).
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of tyre and the tread pattern.
Wear indicators on the tyre
The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high fig. 117 tread wear indicators running across the tread. A number of these indicators are equal- ly spaced around the tyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (for exam- ple, the letters TWI or other symbols) indicate the position of the wear in- dicators.
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is worn. Tyres must always be re- placed before the tyre tread has worn to the level of the indicator.
WARNING
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of the vehicle with serious consequences.
Tyres must be replaced before the wear indicators are at the same lev- el as the tread pattern.
Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, especially on wet surfa- ces, increasing the risk of aquaplaning.
Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or dif- ficult driving conditions, increasing the braking distance and the risk of skidding.
Damaged tyres
Damage to wheels and tyres is often not immediately visible. If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulling to one side, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged .
Slow down immediately if you think you have a damaged wheel.
Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek qualified assistance.
If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Foreign bodies in the tyre
Do not remove foreign bodies if they have penetrated through the tyre wall!
You should obtain professional assistance immediately.
Wear of tyres
The wear of tyres depends on a number of factors, for example:
Driving style.
Unbalanced wheels.
Running gear settings.
Driving style: driving round bends fast or sudden acceleration or braking speed up the wear of tyres. When the driving style is normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the running gear settings checked at a Specialised workshop.
Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, certain circumstances may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibra- tions in the steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and sus- pension. In the event of run out, the wheels should be balanced again. When a new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced again.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
208 Vehicle care and maintenance
Running gear settings: an incorrectly positioned running gear increases the wear of tyres and affects your safety while driving. If tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel alignment checked at a Specialised workshop.
WARNING
If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulls to one side while driv- ing, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged.
Reduce speed immediately and stop, while observing the highway code.
Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
Never carry on driving on worn tyres or wheels. Request qualified as- sistance immediately.
If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel*
Fig. 118 In the luggage compartment: hand con- trolled wheel for securing the spare wheel.
Removing the spare wheel
Open the rear lid and lift the luggage compartment shelf page 100.
If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor page 100.
Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage com- partment.
If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit with the container.
Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the spare wheel fig. 118 by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction, and take out the spare wheel.
Storing the replaced wheel
Pull back the carpet.
With the wheel rim facing downwards, situate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coincides with the open- ing.
Turn the hand controlled wheel with the shank screwed clockwise until the replaced wheel is secured.
If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the container, inside the luggage compartment.
Replace the carpet on the luggage compartment floor.
Lower the rear shelf.
Close the rear lid.
If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres
If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle - for example with winter tyres or the temporary spare wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care .
Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possible.
Please observe driving advice:
209Vehicle care and maintenance
Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted page 211.
After mounting the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as soon as possible page 205.
It is advisable to check the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel tyre pres- sure when checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at least once a month. The spare wheel should have the highest pressure allowed for the vehicle page 205. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the tyre pressure.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can cause loss of vehicle control, producing collisions or other serious acci- dents and injury.
Never use the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel if it is dam- aged or worn to the wear indicator.
In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller than the original tyres. This can be seen on a sticker showing the text 80 km/h and 50 mph. This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for this type of tyre.
Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Avoid powerful accelera- tion, hard braking and taking corners at high speed.
Never drive more than 200 km with a temporary spare wheel fitted to the drive axle.
Replace the temporary spare wheel for a normal wheel as soon as possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only intended for tempo- rary use over short distances.
The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory supplied wheel bolts.
WARNING (Continued)
You should never use more than one temporary spare wheel.
After mounting the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as soon as possible page 205.
Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted.
Note Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, temporary spare wheel or the replaced wheel safely in the luggage compartment. In vehicles with anti- puncture kit, it is not possible to secure the defective wheel.
Tyre code
Fig. 119 Universal code on tyres.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
210 Vehicle care and maintenance
Radial
Rim diameter code
Load index & speed rating
DOT tyre identification number
Severe snow conditions
Tyre ply composition and materials used
Max. load rating
Treadwear, traction and temperature grades
Max. permissible inflation pressure
Passenger vehicle tyre
Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
Tyre code (example) Meaning
Make, logotype Manufacturer
Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufacturer.
P255 / 55 R 18 Size:
P Passenger vehicle code.
255 Nominal width between walls, in mm.
55 Height/width ratio in %
R Tyre type (R indicates "radial").
18 Rim diameter in inches
109 H Load index page 211 and speed rating page 211.
XL (Reinforced) tyres.
M+S or M/S or Winter tyres code (mud and snow tyres).
RADIAL TUBELESS Radial tyre without inner tube.
E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with internation- al legislation followed by a number denoting the country granting the authorisation. The authori- sation number ( several digits) is shown below.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Tyre code (example) Meaning
DOT BT RA TY5 1709 Tyre identification number (TINa), may be only on interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:
DOT The tyre complies with the legal require- ments of the US Department of Trans- port, responsible for tyre safety regula- tions.
BT Place of manufacture code.
RA Information about manufacturer and tyre size.
TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifications.
1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of 2009.
TWI This identifies the position of the Tread Wear In- dicator page 206.
Made in Germany Country of manufacture.
MAX LOAD 615 KG US load rating, indicating maximum permitted load per tyre.
MAX INFLATION 350 KPA (51 PSI)
US limit, indicating maximum permitted tyre pressure.
SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON Information about tyre wall components: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).
TREAD 4 PLIES 1 RAYON + 2 STEEL + 1 NYLON
Information about tread components: In the example, there are 4 layers below the tread: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of steel reinforcement and 1 layer of nylon.
Information for the end consumer concerning the comparative values of the established base tyres (standardised test procedures) page 224:
TREADWEAR 220 Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to specific US standard test.
TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B or C).
211Vehicle care and maintenance
Tyre code (example) Meaning
TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at higher test speeds (A, B or C).
If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre manufacturer codes or specific national codes, e.g. for Brazil or China.
a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with ex- treme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of partic- ular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Tyre load rating
The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilograms each wheel can carry (load capacity).
425 kg
462 kg
487 kg
515 kg
545 kg
615 kg
Speed rating
The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.
max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
78
81
83
85
87
91
P
Q
max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
max. 270 km/h (168 mph)
max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
Some manufacturers use the letters ZR for tyres with a maximum author- ised speed above 240 km/h (149 miles).
Snow chains
When using snow chains, applicable local legislation and maximum permit- ted speed limits must be observed.
In winter weather, snow chains not only help to improve grip but also im- prove the braking capacity.
The fitting of chains is permitted only on front wheels and only with the fol- lowing combinations of wheel trims and tyres:
Tyre size Wheel rim
165/70 R14 5 J x 14 offset of 35
SEAT recommends you ask a Technical Service for further information on wheel, tyre and chain sizes.
Wherever possible use fine-link chains measuring less than 15 mm includ- ing the lock.
R
S
T
U
H
V
Z
W
Y
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
212 Vehicle care and maintenance
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains . The wheel bolts should be covered with caps for safety reasons. These are available from Technical Services.
Temporary spare wheel
For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact tem- porary spare wheel page 208.
If it is necessary to fit chains with the temporary spare wheel in use, install the temporary spare wheel on the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, instead of the damaged front wheel. In this situation, observe the rotating direction of the wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the snow chains before fitting the wheel.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious ac- cidents and damage.
Always the appropriate snow chains.
Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufac- turer.
Never exceed the maximum permitted speeds when driving with snow chains.
CAUTION You must remove the snow chains to drive on roads which are free of snow. Otherwise they will impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out very quickly.
Wheel trims may be damaged or scratched if the chains come into direct contact with them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains.
Note Snow chains are available in different sizes according to the vehicle type.
213Vehicle care and maintenance
Accessories, replacements, repairs and modifications
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Seat belts page 57
Airbag system page 67
Roof carrier page 104
Ashtray and cigarette lighter page 115
Power socket page 117
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Parking distance warning system page 143
Cruise control system (CCS) page 146
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Engine oil page 176
Engine coolant page 180
Vehicle battery page 184
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior page 196
Notes for the user page 224
Booklet Radio system
Instruction Manual for the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) in the equipment.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable spare parts and accessories, or incorrectly per- formed modifications or repairs may result in damage to the vehicle, acci- dents and serious injury.
SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT approved accesso- ries and SEAT original spare parts. These parts and accessories have been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety.
Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work- shop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
Only mount parts with the same specifications as the parts fitted at factory.
Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone cradles over the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment zones.
Only use wheels and tyre combinations which have been approved by SEAT for your vehicle type.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
214 Vehicle care and maintenance
Running-in
Please observe the instructions for running-in new components.
Running-in the engine
The engine needs to be run-in over the first 1500 km. During its first few hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on when all the moving parts have bedded down.
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1500 km also influences the engine quality. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be driven at a moderate speed, especially when the engine is cold, as this will reduce engine wear and increase its useful life. Never drive at extremely low engine speeds. Change down to a lower gear when the engine no longer runs smoothly. Up to 1000 kilometres the following instructions apply:
Do not use full throttle.
Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed.
Between 1000 and 1500 kilometres (600 to 1000 miles), gradually in- crease power until reaching the maximum speed and high engine speeds.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims page 201
Notes on the brakes page 128
For the sake of the environment If the engine is run in gently, the life of the engine will be increased and the engine oil consumption reduced.
Accessories and spare parts
SEAT recommends you consult an Official Service before purchasing acces- sories and spare parts or consumables. For example, when fitting accesso-
ries at a later date, or when replacing a component. An SEAT Official Service will advise you as to the legal requirements and manufacturer's recommen- dations regarding accessories, spare parts and other components.
SEAT recommend you use only approved SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare parts. These parts and accessories have been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. In addition the SEAT Technical Service will guarantee that the assembly is carried out professionally.
Although we continually monitor the market, SEAT cannot guarantee that products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe and suitable for the vehi- cle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised by an officially recognised technical inspection office or other official body.
Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct effect on vehicle control must be approved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark (the Euro- pean Union's authorisation symbol). This includes cruise control systems or electronically controlled suspension.
If any additional electrical components are fitted which do not serve to con- trol the vehicle itself, these must bear the mark (European Union manu- facturer conformity declaration). This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or ventilator fans.
WARNING
Unprofessional repairs or modifications to the vehicle may affect the per- formance of the airbags, resulting in operating faults or fatal accident.
Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone cradles over or next to the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment zones.
Objects placed over the airbag covers, or within their deployment zones, could lead to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are trig- gered.
215Vehicle care and maintenance
Fluids and consumables
All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine oils, spark plugs and batteries are continually being devel- oped. Therefore all fluids and consumables should be changed at a Special- ised workshop. Technical Services are permanently informed of any modifi- cations.
WARNING
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or consumables may result in acci- dent, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
Therefore, fluids must always be stored closed in their original con- tainer.
Never store fluids in empty food containers or bottles as other people may accidentally drink the fluid.
Keep all fluids and consumables out of reach of children.
Read and observe the information and warnings given on the fluid containers.
Only work in the open air or in well-ventilated zones, when using products which give off harmful vapours.
Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile liquid in the maintenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flam- mable. They could lead to fire or explosions!
CAUTION Only use appropriate fluids. Never mix the fluids. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
Accessories and other components mounted in front of the air inlet re- duce the cooling effect of the coolant. If the engine is running under great strain in high outside temperatures, it could overheat.
For the sake of the environment Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suit- able containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with re- spect for the environment.
Repairs and technical changes
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives must be observed!
Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the electronic components are linked together in networks, other indirect systems may be affected by the faults. This may significantly affect the vehicle's performance, increase component wear and could mean that the vehicle registration documents are no longer valid.
Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held liable for any damage caused by technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly.
The SEAT Official Service does not accept liability for damage resulting from technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these cases.
SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs per- formed at a SEAT Official Service and that you use genuine SEAT spare parts.
Vehicles with special accessories and equipment
The manufacturers of additional equipment guarantee that the equipment complies with applicable laws and regulations with respect to the environ- ment, in particular Directives 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc- tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehicles while the second refers to the restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances and preparations.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
216 Vehicle care and maintenance
The vehicle owner should keep the documentation for the additional equip- ment safely and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that any additional equipment mounted in end-of- life vehicles is correctly disposed of with respect for the environment.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the driver assist systems. This could result in serious accident.
All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed by a Specialised workshop.
Repair and faults in the airbag system
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives must be observed!
Modifications and repairs to the front bumper, doors, front seats, and re- pairs to the roof or chassis should only be carried out in a Specialised work- shop. These components may contain parts or sensors belonging to the air- bag system.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag system may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all.
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regulations must be observed. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may affect the operation of the air- bag system in the event of collision. For example, if wheel and tyre combi- nations not approved by SEAT are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,
the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are modified, the results received by the airbag sensors and sent to the control unit may not be accurate. For example, some modifica- tions to the suspension could increase the force measured by the sensors and result in the triggering of the airbag systems in collisions. Under normal conditions, the measured values would be lower and the airbag would not have been triggered. Other modifications may reduce the forces measured by the sensors and therefore the airbags are not triggered in situations when they should have triggered.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the airbag systems. This could result in serious or fatal accident.
All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed by a Specialised workshop.
Airbag modules must never be repaired: if damaged, they must be re- placed.
Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
WARNING
Modifications to the vehicle suspension, including the use of unauthor- ised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the performance of the air- bags and increase the risk of serious or fatal injury in the event of acci- dent.
Never fit suspension components which are not identical to the origi- nal parts mounted in the vehicle.
Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT.
217Vehicle care and maintenance
Retro-fitting of two-way radios
An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle.
The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic appliances in the vehicle is sub- ject to their approval for use in your vehicle. Under certain circumstances, this could mean that your vehicle registration documents are no longer val- id.
SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with two-way radios providing the following conditions are observed:
The exterior aerial must be mounted professionally.
The maximum transmitting power is 10 watts.
An only external aerial is needed to give the equipment its optimal reach.
Check first with a Specialised workshop if you wish to use a two-way radio with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. The Specialised workshops are familiar with the technical options for installation. SEAT recommends visit- ing a Technical Service.
All legal requirements, together with the instructions for the use of two-way radios must be observed.
WARNING
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeu- vres or accident, causing injury.
While driving, two-way radios must be securely fastened in position, outside the airbags deployment zones, or safely stowed away.
WARNING
When using a two-way radio without a connection to an exterior aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation may be ex- ceeded. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.
You should only use a two-way radio inside the vehicle if it has first been correctly connected to an exterior aerial.
Information stored by the control units
Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a series of electronic control units responsible for the engine and gearbox management. In addition, the con- trol units supervise the performance of the exhaust gas system and the air- bag systems.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, these electronic control units are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of faults or devia- tions from the theoretical values, only this data is stored. Normally, the warning lamps on the instrument panel light up in the event of faults.
This data can only be read and analysed using special equipment.
The storing of the data allows specialised workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored data may include:
Data relating to the engine or the gearbox
Speed
Direction of travel
Braking force
Detection of seat belt
The vehicle control units never record conversations held by passengers in the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
218 Vehicle care and maintenance
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call function via the mobile tele- phone or other appliances connected in the vehicle, it is possible to send the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag acti- vation, the system may automatically send a signal. This will depend on the network operator. Normally, transmission is only possible in areas with good coverage.
Event Data Recorder
The vehicle is not fitted with an event data recorder.
An event data recorder temporarily stores the vehicle information. There- fore, in the event of accident, it is possible to obtain detailed information about how the accident occurred. For example, in vehicles with airbag sys- tems, data relating to speed of impact, seat belt status, seat positions and airbag activation times may be stored. The volume of data depends on the manufacturer.
Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehi- cle owner and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation.
Reprogramming control units
On the whole, all the data required for the component management is stor- ed in the control units. The programming of certain convenience functions, such as the convenience indicators, individual door opening and instruc- tions on the display can be modified using special equipment at the work- shop. If the comfort functions are reprogrammed, the information and In- struction Manual descriptions will not coincide with the modified functions. Therefore, SEAT recommends that any modifications are recorded in the sec- tion Other workshop notes in the Maintenance Programme.
The SEAT Official Service must have a record of any modification to the pro- gramming.
Reading the vehicle fault memory
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehicle interior for reading the vehi- cle fault memory. The fault memory documents errors and deviations from the theoretical values of the electronic control units.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver side footwell area, next to the lev- er for opening the bonnet, below a cover.
The fault memory should only be read and reset by a Specialised workshop.
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle without connection to an exterior aerial
Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio waves also called high-fre- quency energy, both when in use and when on stand-by. Scientific studies state that radio waves exceeding certain values may be harmful to the hu- man body. International committees and authorities have established limits and directives in order to ensure electromagnetic radiation from mobile phones remains within certain limits that do not endanger human health. However, there is no available conclusive scientific evidence that cordless phones are completely safe.
That is why some experts recommend moderate use of the mobile tele- phone, and the appliance of measures to reduce radiation on the human body.
When a mobile telephone not connected to an exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation may be greater than if the mobile phone were connected to a built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-free device that allows the em- ployment of numerous additional mobile telephone functions with compati- ble Bluetooth technology, it will comply with the legislation in many coun- tries which only permits the use of mobile phones inside vehicles using a hands-free device.
The hands-free system of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) has been designed for use with conventional mobile phones and phones with Bluetooth technology page 220. Mobile telephones must be placed in a suitable telephone support or stored safely in the vehicle. If a support is used for the telephone, it must be securely fastened to the base
219Vehicle care and maintenance
plate. The mobile will be secure on the instrument panel and always within reach of the driver only by following these procedures. Mobile telephone connection with an external aerial is carried out subject to the hands-free device, via the telephone support or by the Bluetooth connections present in the mobile telephone and the vehicle.
If the mobile telephone is connected to an aerial incorporated into the vehi- cle or an exterior aerial connected to the vehicle, this will help to reduce the electromagnetic radiation transmitted and the risk to human health. It will also improve the quality of the connection.
If the mobile telephone is used inside the vehicle without the hands-free system, it will not be securely fastened and will not be connected to the ex- terior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on the support. In addition, some calls may break off and the quality of the connection will be affected.
Mobile telephones should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con- nected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an external aerial should you wish to use a mobile telephone inside the vehicle.
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
WARNING
If the mobile telephone is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden ma- noeuvres or accident, causing injury.
While driving, the mobile telephone, other equipment including tele- phone accessories such as telephone supports, notepads and navigators must be correctly secured, away from the airbags deployment zones, or stored in a safe place.
WARNING
When using a mobile telephone or two-way radio without connecting an external aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radia- tion in the vehicle may be exceeded, thus putting the driver and the rest of the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.
A minimum of 20 centimetres should be kept between mobile tele- phone aerials and artificial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may affect the working of pacemakers.
Do not carry a mobile telephone in your breast pocket directly over the pacemaker when the mobile telephone is switched on.
Immediately switch off the mobile telephone if you suspect any inter- ference with pacemakers or other types of medical equipment.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
220 Vehicle care and maintenance
SEAT Portable System*
Fig. 120 In the centre console: Remove the nav- igator.
Fig. 121 Remove the navigator holder.
The SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) allows for the use of other ve- hicle functions such as additional applications .
The gradient and the angle of vision can be set by moving the navigator to the required position fig. 120 .
The Portable Navigation System Instruction Manual can be observed direct- ly on the equipment.
Functions1)
Multifunction display (MFI) shown with additional instruments page 17.
Operation of a factory-fitted radio and a Booklet Radio system connec- ted multimedia player.
Image display.
Navigation.
Hands-free system for mobile telephones via Bluetooth.
Door open.
Optical parking system (OPS).
Recommended gear and driving advice.
Observe the Instruction Manual in the equipment
Connect the Portable Navigation System.
Press the button more on the screen.
Press the Manual button.
Select the required chapter and press the corresponding button.
Removing and fitting the navigator
Securely support the navigator.
Press the release button 1 until the device is released from its holder.
Take the navigator out and store it safely.
1) subject to the vehicle
221Vehicle care and maintenance
To fit the navigator, place it in the upper support and push the lower part inside the holder until it engages with a click .
Removing and fitting the navigator holder
Press the holder release button fig. 121 (arrow).
Remove the holder from the dash panel in an upwards direction.
If necessary, close the opening with the corresponding cover.
In order to fit the holder, place it on the opening from above and press in a downwards direction until it engages with a click. .
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury. Operating the navigator could distract you from the traffic.
Always stay alert and drive responsibly.
Select volume settings that allow you to easily hear signals from out- side the vehicle at all times (e.g. emergency service sirens).
Setting the volume too high may cause damage to your hearing. This also applies if the device is set to high volumes for a short period.
WARNING
Journey instructions and traffic signals shown on the navigation system may differ to the current traffic situation.
Traffic signals and driving regulations take precedence over journey instructions and indications from the navigation system.
Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions.
WARNING
If the navigator is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent fly- ing around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
Fit the navigator housing safely on the corresponding opening on the dash panel.
Always place the navigator securely in its holder or store it safely in the vehicle.
CAUTION An unsuitable gradient and angle of vision setting can damage the naviga- tor.
When adjusting the navigation device, move it with care and not beyond its limits.
CAUTION Excessively high or low outside temperatures can affect the Portable Navi- gation System operation or damage the device.
Always take the Portable Navigation System with you when you leave the vehicle to protect it from excessively high or low temperatures and intense sunlight.
CAUTION Humidity can damage the Portable Navigation System connections on the dash panel.
Do not clean the holder for the navigation device with moist products. Use a dry cloth.
Note SEAT recommends taking the Portable Navigation System with you when you leave the vehicle to prevent it from being stolen.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
222 Vehicle care and maintenance
Jacking points for raising vehicle
Fig. 122 Front jacking points for raising vehicle with lifting platform or jack.
Fig. 123 Rear jacking points for raising vehicle with lifting platform or jack.
Always use the jacking points indicated in the figures fig. 122 and fig. 123 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at these points, it could be seriously damaged or lead to serious injury .
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting platforms with lift pads con- taining fluid.
When raising a vehicle using a platform or jack, a series of precautionary measures are required. Never raise the vehicle with a lifting platform or jack unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to lift the vehicle safely.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack page 241.
WARNING
The improper use of the lifting platform or the jack when raising the vehi- cle may result in accidents or serious injury.
Before raising the vehicle, please observe the manufacturer's instruc- tions for the platform or jack, and the legal requirements, where applica- ble.
There should not be anyone inside the vehicle when it is being raised or once it is in the air.
Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures fig. 122 and fig. 123 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indi- cated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is being dismounted, for example.
The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned on the platform support plates.
Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform due to the engine vibrations.
If it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle while it is raised, you should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity.
Never climb onto the lifting platform.
Always make sure that the weight of the vehicle does not exceed the lifting platform load capacity.
223Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles.
Always use an intermediate rubber support to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody. Check that the arms of the lifting platform are able to move with obstruction.
The arms should not come into contact with the side running boards or other parts of the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
224 Vehicle care and maintenance
Notes for the user
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications page 213
Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct care increases the risk of acci- dent and injury.
Observe legal requirements.
Observe the Instruction Manual.
CAUTION If you do not treat the vehicle suitably, you may cause it to be damaged.
Observe legal requirements.
Carry out regular maintenance of the vehicle, according to specifications in the Maintenance Programme.
Observe the Instruction Manual.
Labels and plates
Fig. 124 Warnings relat- ing to handling of the City Safety Assist system laser sensor function.
Some parts in the engine compartment come from the factory with certifi- cates of safety, labels or plates containing important information regarding the operation of the vehicle, for example, on the petrol cap, on the passeng- er's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the luggage com- partment.
Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in good condition and are legible.
If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of safety, label or plate, is re- placed, the Specialised workshop should attach the information back in the same place.
Certificate of safety
A certificate of safety on the door strut states that all the safety standards and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the month and year of manufacture, together with the chassis number.
225Vehicle care and maintenance
Warning of high voltage label
There is a label close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the vehicle electrical installation.
Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor
There are some warning and information signs on the City Safety Assist sys- tem laser sensor fig. 124.
Using your vehicle in other countries and continents
The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in accordance with the national legislation in force at the time of manufacture.
If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an ex- tended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be observed.
It may be necessary to fit or remove certain pieces of equipment or to deac- tivate certain functions. Service work may also be affected. This is particu- larly true if the vehicle is used in a different climate for an extended period of time.
As there are different types of frequency bands around the world, you may find that the radio system or the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) supplied at the factory does not work in another country.
CAUTION SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genuine spare parts.
SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle does not comply in part or in full with the legal requirements of other countries or continents.
Radio reception and the aerial
For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial for radio reception is fitted to the roof of the vehicle.
Note If electrical equipment such as mobile telephones, is used near a roof aer- ial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.
Notes on SEAT repairs
Information about authorised SEAT services and authorised SEAT repairs can be requested by payment at the following addresses:
Clients in Europe, Asia, Australia, Africa, Central America and South America
Contact a Technical Service or specialised workshop, or request the corre- sponding documentation at www.erwin.volkswagen.de.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the driver assist and airbag systems. This could result in serious accident.
Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised work- shop.
Conformity certification
The respective manufacturer hereby declares that the products indicated as follows fulfil the basic requirements and the following dispositions and
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
226 Vehicle care and maintenance
important legislations on the date of manufacture of the vehicle, among others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and RSS-Gen Issue 1:
Radio frequency equipment
Electronic gearbox lock.
Vehicle key.
Electrical equipment
12 volt socket.
Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles
Collection of end-of-life vehicles
SEAT is already prepared for the moment when you wish to scrap your vehi- cle and offers you an environmentally-friendly solution. An extensive net- work of used vehicle reception centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will receive a certificate of destruc- tion describing the environmentally friendly scrapping of the vehicle in ac- cordance with applicable legislation.
We will collect the used vehicle free of charge, provided it complies with all national legislation.
Please see your Technical Service for further information about the collec- tion and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles.
Scrapping
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the airbag or belt tensioner systems are scrapped. These re- quirements are known to qualified dealerships.
227Vehicle care and maintenance
Engine management and exhaust gas purification system
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Changing gear page 124
Refuelling page 165
Fuel page 169
Engine oil page 176
Vehicle battery page 184
Information stored in the control units page 213
Tow-starting and towing away page 267
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire.
Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass).
Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the ex- haust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust sys- tem.
Control lamps
lights up
Possible cause Solution
Fault in engine management (Electronic Power Control).
Take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop as soon as possible and have the engine checked.
Fault in catalytic converter.
You should reduce speed accord- ingly. Drive carefully until you reach the next Specialised work- shop. Have the engine checked there.
flashes Possible cause Solution
Combustion fault which could damage the catalytic convert- er.
You should reduce speed accord- ingly. Drive carefully until you reach the next Specialised work- shop. Have the engine checked there.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the igni- tion is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will switch off after a few seconds.
CAUTION Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Note While the control lamps or maintain lit up, the engine will present faults, a higher consumption of fuel and a loss of engine power.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
228 Vehicle care and maintenance
Catalytic converter
The catalytic converter permits the subsequent treatment of the exhaust gases thus reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer work- ing life for the exhaust system and catalytic converter in a petrol engine:
Always use unleaded petrol.
Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
Do not top up with too much engine oil page 176.
Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter cables page 264.
If you should notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the ve- hicle is moving, reduce speed immediately. Have the vehicle inspected by a Specialised workshop. If this happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust gas system and escape into the atmosphere. The catalytic converter can al- so be damaged by overheating.
For the sake of the environment Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a smell of sulphur from the exhaust gas under some conditions. This depends on the sulphur content of the fuel used.
229Practical information
If and when
Practical information
Frequently asked questions
If you suspect that the vehicle has a fault or is damaged when using it, be- fore consulting a SEAT dealership or a specialised workshop, carefully read the following instructions. Similarly, the terms in the alphabetical index Things to note or Checklist may be of help.
Problem Possible causes, among others
Possible solution
The engine does not start.
The vehicle battery is flat.
Carry out the jump start page 264. Charge the battery page 184.
You are using an incor- rect vehicle key.
Use the correct key page 28.
The fuel tank level is insufficient.
Refuel page 165.
The vehicle cannot be locked or un- locked with the key.
Vehicle key battery is flat. Too far away from the vehicle. Buttons pressed out- side the radius of reach.
Change the battery page 28. Move closer to the vehicle. Synchronize the vehicle key page 28. Manually lock or unlock the vehicle page 234.
Unusual noises.
Engine cold, City Safe- ty Assist system, steer- ing column electronic lock.
See entry Noises in the de- tailed alphabetical index.
Problem Possible causes, among others
Possible solution
Handling is strange.
Assistance systems ac- tive.
See entry Assistance sys- tems in the detailed alpha- betical index.
You are using an incor- rect tyre pressure.
Check the tyre pressure page 201.
Damage to the wheel trims or tyres.
Inspect wheel trims and tyres regularly for damage page 201 and replace them if necessary page 241.
Vehicle has no jack, spare wheel or tire mobility set present.
Equipment subject to the vehicle.
No direct solution, depends on the equipment. In this case, you should contact a SEAT Dealership page 237.
Surface not correct- ly illuminated.
Headlights covered for driving on the left- hand side or right- hand side. Headlight adjust- ment too high. Faulty bulbs. Dipped headlights switched off.
Cover the headlights for driving on the left-hand side or right-hand side page 84. Adjust the headlight range page 84. Change the bulbs page 255. Switch on the dipped headlights page 84.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
230 Practical information
Problem Possible causes, among others
Possible solution
The electrical equipment is not working.
Vehicle battery flat. Charge the battery page 184.
Fuel tank level insuffi- cient.
Refuel page 165.
A fuse is blown. Check fuse and change if necessary page 252.
Fuel consumption higher than nor- mal.
Short trips. Irregularities in the accelerator pedal.
Avoid short trips. Foresight when driving. Press the accelerator even- ly.
Electrical equipment connected.
Switch of any unnecessary electrical equipment.
Fault in engine man- agement.
Have the fault rectified page 227.
Tyre pressure too low. Adjust tyre pressure page 201.
Driving on hills. No direct solution.
Driving with a heavy load.
No direct solution.
Driving at an excessive engine speed.
Shift up a gear.
231Practical information
In case of emergency
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Emergency locking and unlocking page 234
Vehicle tools page 237
Change wheel page 241
WARNING
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users.
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park the vehicle a safe distance from surrounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of an emer- gency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be locked. In case of an emergency, passengers will be trap- ped inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle
Fig. 125 Dash panel: Button to switch on and off the hazard warning lights system.
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a broken down vehicle. In a number of countries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the hazard warning lights and use a reflective safety vest page 233.
Checklist
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points should be observed in the order given :
1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground .
2. Turn on the hazard warning lights system with the button fig. 125.
3. Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
4. Move the gear lever into the neutral position page 124.
5. Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle and move to safety, for example behind a guard rail.
7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
232 Practical information
Checklist (Continued)
8. Place an emergency warning triangle to indicate the position of your vehicle to other road users.
9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a specialist is required.
When being towed with the hazard warning lights system on, a change in direction or traffic lane can be indicated as usual using the turn signals lev- er. The hazard lights will be interrupted temporarily.
Examples of when to use the hazard warning lights system:
If the vehicles ahead suddenly slow down or reach the end of a traffic jam, to warn the vehicles behind.
In case of an emergency.
If the vehicle breaks down.
When tow-starting or towing.
Always comply with the applicable laws regarding the use of hazard warn- ing lights.
If the hazard warning lights system is not working, you must use an alterna- tive method of drawing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply with traffic legislation.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass or fuel).
Note The vehicle battery will discharge and run down if the hazard warning lights remain on for too much time (even with the ignition turned off).
Note For some vehicles, the brake lights will blink when braking suddenly at speeds of approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles behind. If brak- ing continues, then the hazard warning lights system will automatically be turned on at the speed of less than approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the hazard warning lights system will be automatically turned off.
233Practical information
First aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguishers*
Fig. 126 In the luggage compartment: storage compartment for the warning triangle.
Warning triangle
In some vehicle equipment it is possible to store the warning triangle model shown in a storage compartment of the luggage compartment fig. 126.
First-aid kit
The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements. Check the expiry date of the contents of the first aid kit.
Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in the passenger seat footwell.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal requirements, be ready for use and be checked regularly. Check the certification seal on the extinguisher.
WARNING
Loose objects in the interior can be violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid kit, reflective vests and warning triangle securely in the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
234 Practical information
Emergency locking and unlocking
Introduction
The doors and rear lid can be locked manually and partially opened, for ex- ample if the key or the central locking is damaged.
Additional information and warnings:
Vehicle key set page 28
Central locking and locking system page 33
Doors page 38
Rear lid page 40
In case of emergency page 231
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury.
If the vehicle is locked from outside, the doors and windows cannot be opened from the inside.
Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety.
Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in seri- ous injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
WARNING
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear lid is dangerous and can lead to serious injury.
Open and close the doors and the rear lid only when there is nobody in the way.
CAUTION When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble compo- nents and then reassemble them carefully to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Manually locking and unlocking the driver door
Fig. 127 Driver side door handle with lock cylinder.
In general, when the driver door is locked all other doors are locked. Unlock- ing manually only opens the driver door.
Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 28.
Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle fig. 127.
235Practical information
Manually locking the passenger side door
Fig. 128 In the front of the passenger side door: Emergency lock, hidden by a rubber cap.
Fig. 129 Emergency locking of the vehicle us- ing the vehicle key.
The passenger door can be manually locked.
Door open.
Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock symbol fig. 128.
Unfold the key shaft if necessary page 28.
Insert the key shaft horizontally into the opening and moved the colour lever forwards fig. 129.
Replace the rubber cap and close the door.
Check if the door is locked.
Have the vehicle checked by a Specialised workshop.
Note The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pull- ing the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door release lever twice page 33.
Emergency unlocking the rear lid
Fig. 130 From the lug- gage compartment: Man- ually unlocking the rear lid.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
236 Practical information
If necessary, fold the rear seat bench backrest forwards page 55.
Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid.
Unfold the key shaft page 28.
Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening fig. 130 and press the re- lease lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.
237Practical information
Vehicle tool kit*
Introduction
When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal re- quirements for each country.
Vehicle tool kit
For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel or temporary spare wheel, in addition to winter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional vehicle tools page 237.
Additional information and warnings:
Working in the engine compartment page 171
In case of emergency page 231
Change wheel page 241
Tire Mobility Set page 247
WARNING
When the vehicle tool kit, tire mobility set and spare wheel are loose in the interior they can be violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tire mobility set and the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel are safely secured in the luggage com- partment.
WARNING
Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tool kit can cause injury or accidents.
Never work with inappropriate or damaged tools.
Location
Fig. 131 In the luggage compartment: The carpet is raised.
The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary spare wheel and the tire mobili- ty set are stored in the luggage compartment under the carpeted floor panel fig. 131.
If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor page 100.
Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) fig. 131.
Note After use, return the jack to its initial position using the handle in order to securely store it in the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
238 Practical information
Components
Fig. 132 Components of the onboard tool kit.
The set of on-board tools depends on the vehicle equipment. The following is a description for a vehicle with all options.
The individual elements of the vehicle tools fig. 132
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for screwing and un- screwing the wheel bolts once loosened. The screwdriver bit is inter- changeable. The screwdriver may be found underneath the wheel span- ner.
Adapter for antitheft bolt. SEAT recommend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the anti- theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In case it is lost, another adapter can be ordered using this number. Note the antitheft bolt code for the wheels and keep it in a place other than the vehicle.
Towing eye, removable.
Wire hook for pulling off the wheel trims, integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt caps.
1
2
3
4
Jack. Before storing the jack in the toolkit, fold its hook. The crank must then be folded tight against the side of the jack in order for it to be safely stored.
Wheel spanner.
5
6
239Practical information
Wheel trims
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior page 188
Vehicle tools page 237
Change wheel page 241
Tire Mobility Set page 247
WARNING
If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not fitted correctly, they could cause major accidents or damage.
Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come off while driving and en- danger other road users.
Damaged trims must never be mounted on the wheels.
Always ensure that the brake ventilation and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there is not enough air, you may require significantly longer braking distances.
CAUTION Remove and remount wheel trims taking care to avoid damage to the vehi- cle.
Hubcaps
Fig. 133 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel trim.
In order to access the wheel bolts, first remove the hubcap.
Removing and fitting the hubcap
To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel trim fig. 133.
Remove the trim by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap against the trim until it clicks into place.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing the tyre.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
240 Practical information
Full hubcaps
Fig. 134 Removing the full hubcap.
Removing the full hubcap
Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit page 237.
Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap.
Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook fig. 134 and pull the hub cap in the direction shown by the arrow.
Fitting hubcaps
Press the hubcap against the wheel so that the space for the valve fits over the tyre valve. Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite position to the valve.
Wheel bolt caps
Fig. 135 Removing the wheel bolt caps.
Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit page 237.
Insert the wire hook in the cap through the opening fig. 135 and pull outwards in the direction of the arrow.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing the tyre.
The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a special cap. This cap only fits on an- ti-theft locking bolts and is not for use with standard wheel bolts.
241Practical information
Changing a wheel
Introduction
Some vehicle versions and models do not have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In this case, we recommend consulting a Specialised workshop to change the wheel.
You should only change the wheels yourself if the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have all the necessary tools! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior detail page 6
Vehicle key set page 28
Wheels and tyres page 201
In case of emergency page 231
Vehicle tools page 237
Wheel trims page 239
WARNING
Changing a wheel can be dangerous, especially on the hard shoulder. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe distance from surrounding traffic to change a wheel.
When changing a wheel, keep all passengers and particularly chil- dren a safe distance away from the work area.
Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base.
WARNING (Continued)
If you are changing a wheel yourself, you should be familiar with the required procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
Only use suitable tools that are not damaged when changing a wheel.
Always switch off the engine, pull the handbrake lever all the way up and engage a gear in the case of a manual gearbox in order to reduce the danger of involuntary vehicle movement.
Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a reliable torque wrench.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
242 Practical information
Preparations for changing a wheel
Check list
Before changing a wheel, complete the following operations in the order given :
1. In the event of a flat tyre, park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
3. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition page 119.
4. Manual gearbox: Select a gear page 124.
5. Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
6. Chock the wheel opposite the wheel being changed with a stone or similar object.
7. If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehi- cle.
8. Remove the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel and the vehi- cle tools from the luggage compartment.
9. Remove the wheel trims page 239.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
Wheel bolts
Fig. 136 Changing the wheel: Slacken the wheel bolts.
Fig. 137 Changing the wheel: Tyre valve 1 and position of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 .
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to loosen the wheel bolts.
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack.
243Practical information
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing down on the end of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle for support and take care not to slip.
Loosening wheel bolts
Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over the wheel bolt fig. 136.
Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise .
Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts
For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft wheel lock must be threaded into position fig. 137 2 before mounting the hubcap. Otherwise it will not be possible to mount the full hubcap.
Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit.
Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt fig. 137. Push it on as far as it will go.
Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far as possible.
Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise .
Important information about wheel bolts
The wheel rims and bolts have been designed to be fitted to factory op- tions. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the same model vehicle should not be used.
Wheel bolt tightening torque
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a reliable torque wrench.
If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to tighten them, the threads should be replaced and cleaned before checking the tightening torque.
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they could be released while driving leading to loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
Only use wheel bolts which correspond to the wheel rims in question.
Never use different wheel bolts.
The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy to thread.
To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace supplied with the vehicle.
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack.
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Al- though they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving.
Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be dam- aged.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
244 Practical information
Raising the vehicle with the jack
Fig. 138 Jack position points
Fig. 139 jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehi- cle.
The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chas- sis) fig. 138. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be changed .
Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.
245Practical information
Check list
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points should be observed in the order given :
1. Select a suitable flat and firm surface for raising the vehicle.
2. Switch off the engine, engage a gear in the case of a manual gearbox and apply the handbrake page 128.
3. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed with collapsible wheel chocks or other suitable objects.
4. Loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel to be changed page 242.
5. Look below the vehicle for the jacking point fig. 138 closest to the tyre which has to be changed.
6. Raise the jack with the handle until it can be inserted below the jack- ing point.
7. Ensure that the foot of the jack is firmly on the ground and that it is placed, at a vertical angle, immediately below the lifting point on the vehicle fig. 139.
8. Straighten the jack and continue raising it using the handle until the claw holds the vertical reinforcement beneath the vehicle fig. 139.
9. Raise the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground.
WARNING
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing seri- ous injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of in- jury:
You should only use a jack approved by SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those approved for other SEAT models, might slip out of place.
The ground should be firm and flat. If the ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base.
WARNING (Continued)
If the ground is slippery (for example, on tiles), place a non-slip sur- face (for example a floor mat) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking points. The claw of the jack should grip the reinforcement nerve on the underbody fig. 139.
You should never have any limbs beneath a raised vehicle which is only supported by a jack.
If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one side or the engine is run- ning.
Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may come loose from the jack due to the engine vibrations.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
246 Practical information
Changing a wheel
Fig. 140 Changing the wheel: loosen wheel bolts with the socket at the end of the wheel brace.
Removing the wheel
Please observe the check list page 242.
Loosen the wheel bolts page 242.
Jacking up the vehicle page 244.
Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel brace fig. 140, unscrew the slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean surface.
Take off the wheel.
How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel
Check the direction of rotation of the tyre page 209, Tyre code.
Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position.
Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slightly using the hexagonal socket on the end of the wheel brace.
To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts use the corresponding adaptor.
Lower the vehicle with the jack.
Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise . Tighten the bolts in diago- nal pairs (not in a circle).
Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on page 239.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct torque then this could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a serious ac- cident.
All the wheel bolts and hub threads should be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the correct tor- que.
The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace should be used for turning wheel bolts only. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
After changing the wheel
Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and put them away in the luggage compartment foam holder page 237.
Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare wheel or the changed wheel securely in the luggage compartment.
Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possi- ble with a torque wrench page 243.
Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible.
247Practical information
Anti-puncture kit*
Introduction
The Tyre Mobility Set* will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetration of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, you must again check the tyre pressure about 10 minutes after starting the engine.
You should only use the tire mobility set if the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have the necessary tire mobility set! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
The tyre sealant must not be used in the following cases:
If the wheel rim has been damaged.
In outside temperatures below -20C (-4F).
In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre greater than 4 mm.
If you have been driving with very low pressure or a completely flat tyre.
If the sealant bottle has passes its use by date.
Additional information and warnings:
Vehicle key set page 28
Braking, stopping and parking page 128
Wheels and tyres page 201
In case of emergency page 231
Wheel trims page 239
WARNING
Using the tire mobility set can be dangerous, especially when filling the tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe distance from surrounding traffic to fill the tyre.
Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid.
All passengers and particularly children must keep a safe distance from the work area.
Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
Use the tire mobility set only if you are familiar with the necessary procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
The tire mobility set is intended for temporary, emergency use only. Use only until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop.
Replace the repaired tyre with the tire mobility set as soon as possi- ble.
The sealant is a health hazard and must be cleaned immediately if it comes into contact with the skin.
Always keep the tire mobility set out of the reach of small children.
Never use the approved jack, even if it has been approved for your ve- hicle.
Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and engage gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of vehicle in- voluntary movement.
WARNING
A tyre filled with sealant does not have the same performance properties as a conventional tyre.
Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
248 Practical information
WARNING (Continued)
Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
Drive only during 10 minutes at a maximum speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and subsequently check the tyre.
For the sake of the environment Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements.
Note A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at SEAT dealerships.
Note Take into account the separate instruction manual of the tire mobility set manufacturer*.
Components of the tire mobility set*
Fig. 141 Standard repre- sentation: Contents of the tire mobility set.
The tire mobility set is located underneath the floor covering in the luggage compartment. It includes the following components fig. 141:
Tyre valve remover
Sticker indicating maximum speed max. 80 km/h or max. 50mph
Filler tube with cap
Air compressor
Tube for inflating tyres
Warning provided by tyre pressure monitoring system1)
Air bleed screw2)
ON/OFF switch
12 volt connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1) A compressor may also be included. 2) In its place, the compressor may have a button.
249Practical information
Bottle of sealant1)
Spare tyre valve
The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This also ap- plies to its replacement part 11 .
Preparation
Checklist
Before filling a tyre, complete the following operations in the order given :
1. In the event of a puncture, park the vehicle as far as possible from traffic and on flat, suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
3. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition page 119.
4. Manual gearbox: Select a gear page 124.
5. Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
6. Switch on the hazard warning lights and set the warning triangle in position page 231. Observe legal requirements.
7. Check whether a repair is possible using the Tyre Mobility Set page 247
8. If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehi- cle.
9. Remove the tire mobility set from the luggage compartment.
10. Apply the sticker fig. 141 2 from the tire mobility set to the dash panel where it can be seen clearly.
11. Do not remove foreign objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
10
11 WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
Sealing and inflating a tyre
Sealing a tyre
Unscrew the tyre valve cap.
Use the corresponding enclosed extractor fig. 141 1 to unscrew the tyre valve insert. Place the valve insert on a clean surface.
Vigorously shake the sealant bottle fig. 141 10 for several seconds.
Screw the inflator tube fig. 141 3 securely into the sealant bottle in a clockwise direction. The seal on the mouth of the bottle moves automatical- ly.
Remove the lid from the filling tube fig. 141 3 and screw the open end of the tube into the tyre valve.
Hold the tyre sealant can upside down and fill the complete contents of the can into the tyre.
Remove the tyre sealant bottle from the valve.
Screw the valve insert again with the corresponding enclosed extractor fig. 141 1 into the tyre valve.
Inflating the tyre
Securely screw the tyre inflator tube fig. 141 5 of the compressor in- to the tyre valve.
Check whether the air bleed screw fig. 141 7 is closed.
1) A compressor may also be included.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
250 Practical information
Start the vehicle engine and leave it running.
Attach the connector fig. 141 9 to a 12 volt socket of the vehicle page 117.
Connect the air compressor with the ON/OFF switch fig. 141 8 .
Keep the air compressor running until it reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa) . Maximum operation time 8 minutes .
Disconnect the air compressor.
If it is not possible to achieve an air pressure of 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa), unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.
Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards or backwards so that the sealant is evenly distributed in the tyre interior.
Securely screw the compressor tyre inflator tube into the tyre valve and repeat the inflation process.
If the indicated pressure can still not be reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. The tyre cannot be sealed with the anti-puncture kit. Do not con- tinue driving. You should obtain professional assistance .
Disconnect the air compressor and unscrew the flexible inflator tube from the tyre valve.
When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, immediately con- tinue driving without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
After 10 minutes, Check the pressure again page 250.
WARNING
When inflating the wheel, the air compressor and the inflator tube may become hot.
Protect hands and skin from hot parts.
Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or hot air compressor on flammable material.
WARNING (Continued)
Allow them to cool before storing the device.
If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a good con- dition to seal the tyre. Do not continue driving. You should obtain profes- sional assistance.
CAUTION Switch off the air compressor after a maximum of 8 operational minutes to avoid overheating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool for several minutes.
Check after 10 minutes of driving
Screw the inflator tube fig. 141 5 again and check the pressure on the gauge 6 .
1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:
Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed sufficiently with the tyre mo- bility set.
You should obtain professional assistance .
1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:
Set the tyre pressure to the correct value again page 201.
Carefully resume your journey until you reach the nearest specialised workshop without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
Have the damaged tyre replaced.
251Practical information
WARNING
Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous and can cause accidents and serious injury.
Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower.
You should obtain professional assistance.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
252 Practical information
Fuses
Introduction
Due to the constant update of vehicles, fuse assignments depending on equipment and the use of the same fuse for various electrical components, at the time of printing this manual it is not possible to provide an up-to-date summary of the electrical components fuse positions. For detailed informa- tion about the fuse positions, please consult a Technical Service.
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical components. Like- wise, an electrical component can be protected by several fuses.
Only replace fuses when the cause of the problem has been solved. +If a newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have the electrical system checked by a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Additional information and warnings:
Working in the engine compartment page 171
WARNING
The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical shocks, causing burns and even death!
Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system.
WARNING
Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit with- out fuses can cause a fire and serious injury.
Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.
Never repair a fuse.
Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple or similar.
CAUTION To avoid damage to the vehicles electric system, before replacing a fuse turn off the ignition, the lights and all electrical elements and remove the keys from the ignition.
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to another part of the electrical system.
Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical sys- tem.
Note One single consumer could have more than one fuse.
Note Several consumers could run over one single fuse.
253Practical information
Vehicle fuses
Fig. 142 Below the driv- er side dash panel: fuse box cover.
Fig. 143 In the engine compartment: fuse box cover.
Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.
Identifying fuses situated below the driver-side dash panel by colours
Colour Amp rating
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7,5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
White or transparent 25
Green 30
Orange 40
Opening and closing the fuse box situated below the dash panel
Opening: press the unlock button fig. 142 1 until it is possible to open the cover.
Fold the cover down.
Closing: fold the cover up in the opposite direction to the arrow until it clicks into the locking lever 1 .
Opening the engine compartment fuse box
Open the bonnet page 171.
Press the attachment tabs in the direction indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to release the fuse box cover fig. 143.
Then lift the cover out.
To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push the attachment tabs down, in the opposite direction indicated by the arrow until they click audi- bly into place.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
254 Practical information
CAUTION Always carefully remove the fuse box covers and refit them correctly to avoid problems with your vehicle.
Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical sys- tem.
Note In the vehicle, there are more fuses than those indicated in this chapter. These should only be changed by a Specialised workshop.
Replacing a blown fuse
Fig. 144 Image of a blown fuse.
Preparation
Switch off the ignition, lights and all electrical equipment.
Open the corresponding fuse box page 253.
Identifying a blown fuse
A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured fig. 144.
Point a lamp at the fuse. This will make it easier to see if the fuse is blown.
To replace a fuse
Remove the fuse.
Replace the blown fuse for one with an identical amperage rating (same colour and markings) and identical size .
Replace the cover again or close the fuse box lid.
CAUTION If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to an- other part of the electrical system.
255Practical information
Changing bulbs
Introduction
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recommends that you consult an Technical Service or request assis- tance from a specialist. In general a specialist is needed if, in addition to the bulbs, other vehicle components require removal.
You should store spare light bulbs in the vehicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs may be obtained from the Official dealers and workshops. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the vehicle exterior lighting is against the law.
Additional bulb specifications
The specifications of some headlamp bulbs and bulbs for the tail lamps fit- ted at the factory may be different to those of conventional bulbs. Bulb in- formation is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior views page 6
Lights and visibility page 84
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Vehicle tools page 237
Fuses page 252
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a risk of accident.
WARNING
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause serious accidents.
Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment please read and observe the warnings page 171. In any vehicle, the engine com- partment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury.
The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on changing them.
Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled.
Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a Specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fingerprints will be evaporated by the heat of the operating bulb thus fogging up the reflector.
The headlamp frameworks in the engine compartment and the tail lamps contain sharp elements. Always protect your hands when chang- ing bulbs.
CAUTION After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers are not replaced correctly on the headlamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especial- ly if water is allowed to enter.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
256 Practical information
Information for replacing bulbs
Checklist
To replace a bulb, carry out the following operations always in the order giv- en :
1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground.
2. Apply the handbrake firmly page 128.
3. Turn the light switch to position 0 page 84.
4. Move the gear lever into the neutral position page 84.
5. Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition page 119.
6. Manual gearbox: Select a gear page 124.
7. Allow the corresponding bulb to cool.
8. Visually inspect fuses to see if any are blown page 252.
9. Replace the bulb according to the instructions . Bulbs should only be replaced by new identical models. Bulb information is dis- played on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
10. In general, never touch the bulb glass directly. The heat of the bulb would cause the fingerprint to evaporate and condense on the reflec- tor. This will impair the brightness of the headlight.
11. Check if the new bulb is working. If the bulb is not working, it may not have been correctly fitted, it could be damaged or the connector may not be correctly connected.
12. Every time a bulb for the headlights is replaced, visit a specialised workshop to check the headlights.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the general rules of safety.
CAUTION Always remove and fit headlights carefully to avoid damage to the paint- work and other vehicle parts.
257Practical information
Replacing the bulbs in the headlights
Fig. 145 In the engine compartment: Rear view of the front left headlight with rubber cover: A dipped beam and main beam headlights, B side lights and daytime driving lights and C turn signal.
There is no need to remove the headlight to replace bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
fig. 145 A B C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights Side light and daytime driving light Turn signals (front)
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions page 256.
2. Open the bonnet page 171.
3.
Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rubber cover using the tabs.
Turn the bulb holder in an anti-clockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling backwards.Press the retaining clip D downwards in
the direction of the arrow, and unclip side- ways and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on the bulb holder.
5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
258 Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
fig. 145 A B C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights Side light and daytime driving light Turn signals (front)
6. Insert the bulb, return it to its position and
insert the retaining clip D . Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and
turn it clockwise as far as the stop. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
7. Place the rubber cover and check that is
correctly in position. Insert the connector to the bulb H4.
Note The images show the left hand headlight from behind. The structure of the right hand side headlight is symmetric.
Replacing the front bumper bulbs
Fig. 146 In the front right wheel arch: Remove the retaining screws (ar- rows) and take out the expansive rivet A .
Fig. 147 Changing the bulbs in the headlights.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac- tions page 256.
2. Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch trim fig. 146 (arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit page 237.
3. Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch trim fig. 146 A with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it page 237.
4. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.
5. Release the connector fig. 147 1 and remove it.
259Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
6. Turn the bulb holder fig. 147 in the direction of the arrow, in an anti-clockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling backwards.
7. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
8. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
9. Plug the connector fig. 147 1 into the bulb holder. The connec- tor must audibly click into place.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
10. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.
11. Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim and bumper and press it completely inwards fig. 146 A .
12. Securely screw the 2 retaining screws fig. 146 (arrows) with a screwdriver.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
260 Practical information
Changing the bulbs in the rear lights
Fig. 148 On the side of the luggage compartment: TO: Remove the cover, B: Removing the tail light units.
Fig. 149 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb holder, D: Remove the bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
261Practical information
Removing the tail light units
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac- tions page 256.
2. Open the rear lid page 40.
3. Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever fig. 148 A.
4. Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the direction of the arrow fig. 148 B. Use the screwdriver in the vehicle tool kit.
5. Press position 4 and remove the connector 2 fig. 148 B.
6. Unscrew the wing nut 5 fig. 148 B.
7. Remove the tail light from the bodywork by carefully pulling back- wards.
8. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a flat, clean surface.
To change the bulb
9. Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) fig. 149 C and remove the bulb holder from the tail light.
10. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb fig. 149 D.
11. Place the lamp holder in the tail light unit. The attachment tabs (ar- row) should audibly click into place fig. 149 C.
Assembling the tail light units
12. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening in the bodywork.
13. Support the tail light with one hand in the assembly position and securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 fig. 148 B.
14. Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly fitted and is firmly secured.
15. Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and press the lock 3
on the connector in the opposite direction to the arrow fig. 148 B.
16. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.
17. Close the rear lid page 40.
Changing the number plate light
Fig. 150 On the rear bumper: Remove number plate light.
Fig. 151 Number plate light: Remove the lamp holder.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
262 Practical information
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac- tions page 256.
2. With one hand, press on the number plate light from left to right and remove it from the bumper fig. 150.
3. Detach the number plate light carefully from the bumper.
4. Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anti-clockwise and remove it in the direction of the arrow fig. 151.
5. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
6. Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and press in the op- posite direction to the arrow as far as possible fig. 151.
7.
Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the open- ing on the bumper. During this process, check that the assembly di- rection of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must be on the right.
8. Insert the number plate light into the bumper until it audibly clicks into place.
Changing the side turn signal bulb
Fig. 152 Removing the side turn signal.
Fig. 153 Side turn sig- nal: Changing the bulbs.
263Practical information
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1. Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary ac- tions page 256.
2. With one hand move the side turn signal backwards fig. 152 1 .
3. Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by leverage 2 .
4. Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direction of the arrow fig. 153 1 .
5. Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direction.
6. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
7. Install the lamp holder.
8. Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated to- wards the rear of the vehicle until the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn signal.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
264 Practical information
Starting assistance
Introduction
If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery, the battery of an- other vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before starting, check the magic eye on the battery page 184.
For starting assistance, jump lead cables conforming to the standard DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instructions). The cable section in vehicles with petrol engine must be at least 25 mm2.
Additional information and warnings:
Working in the engine compartment page 171
Vehicle battery page 184
WARNING
Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly jump starting could cause the battery to explode resulting in serious injury. Please observe the follow- ing rules to minimise the risk of a battery explosion:
All work involving the vehicle battery and electrical system can cause corrosion, fire and serious electric shocks. Always read and take into ac- count the safety warnings and standards before beginning work on the battery page 184, Vehicle battery.
The battery providing current must have the same voltage (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see markings on battery) as the flat battery.
Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0C (+32F).
If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen then it must be replaced.
WARNING (Continued)
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is being charged. Always keep lit cigarettes, open flames, sparks and fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and removing the jump leads.
Charge the battery only in well ventilated areas given that when the battery is charged by outside assistance, it creates a mix of highly explo- sive gases.
Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the engine compartment.
Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly.
Note the Instruction Manual provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads.
CAUTION To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle electrical system, note the fol- lowing carefully:
If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short circuit.
The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected.
265Practical information
How to jump start: description
Fig. 154 Diagram for connecting jump leads if the vehicle providing as- sistance the current is not fitted with the Start- Stop system: flat battery A and battery providing
current B .
Fig. 155 Diagram for connecting jump leads if the vehicle providing as- sistance is fitted with the Start-Stop system: flat battery A and battery providing current B .
Jump lead terminal connections
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles .
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal fig. 154 + or fig. 155 + of the vehicle with the flat bat- tery A .
3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive ter- minal + in the vehicle providing assistance B .
4. On vehicles with no Start-Stop system, connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative terminal - in the vehicle pro- viding assistance B fig. 154.
5. On vehicles with the Start-Stop system, connect one end of the black jump lead X to a suitable ground terminal, to a solid metal part bolted to the engine block or to the engine block it- self fig. 155.
6. Connect the other end of the black jump lead X to a solid met- al component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do not connect it to a point near the battery A .
7. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Starting
8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let it run at idling speed.
9. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat battery and wait one or two minutes until the engine is running.
Removing the jump leads
10. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the headlights (if they are switched on).
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
266 Practical information
11. Turn on the heater blower and heated rear window in the vehi- cle with the flat battery. This helps minimise voltage peaks which are generated when the leads are disconnected.
12. When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse order to the details given above.
Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal-to-metal contact with the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and try again after about half a minute.
WARNING
Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine compartment page 173.
The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, dan- ger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads.
Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to the brake line.
WARNING (Continued)
The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Do not bend over the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected.
267Practical information
Towing and tow starting
Introduction
When towing or tow starting, respect the legal requirements.
For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
Additional information and warnings:
Exterior views page 6
Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system page 227
WARNING
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be towed.
Never remove the key from the ignition lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock could suddenly lock. Then the vehicle will be uncontrollable. You may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
WARNING
When towing the vehicle, the handling and braking efficiency change considerably. Please observe the following instructions to minimise the risk of serious accidents and injury:
As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision with the towing vehicle.
More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steer- ing does not operate when the engine is switched off.
As the driver of the towing vehicle:
Accelerate gently and carefully.
Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
CAUTION Carefully fit and remove the towing ring and its cover to avoid damage to the vehicle (for example, paintwork).
When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and cause dam- age!
Note Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bumper is not possible. The vehicle is not suitable for towing other vehicles.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
268 Practical information
Instructions for tow starting
In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is much more preferable page 264.
For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:
If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit does not operate correctly.
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):
Engage the 2nd or 3rd gear.
Keep the clutch pressed down.
Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning lights.
Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.
As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the towing vehicle.
CAUTION When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Notes on towing
Tow-rope or tow-bar
When towing, the tow bar is the safest and vehicle friendly way. You should only use a tow-rope if you do not have a tow-bar.
A tow-rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to use a tow-rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic mate- rial.
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the tow ring or specially designed fitting.
Situations in which the vehicle should not be towed
In the following cases, the vehicle should not be towed but transported on a trailer or special vehicle:
If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lubricant due to a fault.
If the battery is flat as the steering cannot be unlocked, as a result, the electronic steering lock and electronic parking brake cannot be disengaged.
Note The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is an electric system fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the steer- ing column electronic gearbox lock.
269Practical information
Fitting the front tow ring
Fig. 156 On the right- hand side of the front bumper: Remove the cov- er.
Fig. 157 On the right- hand side of the front bumper: Screw in the towing ring.
The location for the removable tow ring is on the right-hand side of the front bumper behind a cover fig. 156.
The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle.
Note the instructions for towing page 268.
To fit the tow ring
Take the tow ring from the on-board tools in the luggage compartment page 237.
Press the upper part of the cover fig. 156 (arrow) to disengage and re- lease the cover.
Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle.
Screw in the tow ring into its housing anticlockwise as far as it will go fig. 157 . Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow ring in its loca- tion.
After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise.
Place the cover upper tab on the opening of the bumper and carefully hold the lower tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, press the lower tab from below.
Press the lower area of the cover until the lower tab engages in the bumper.
CAUTION The tow ring must always be completely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it could be released while towing and tow-starting.
Towing advice
Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow-rope. Both drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing. For this reason, inexperienced drivers should abstain.
While driving, avoid excessive traction forces and jerking. When towing on an unpaved road, there is always a risk of overloading and damaging the anchorage points.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
270 Practical information
If the vehicle is towed, with the hazard warning lights on and the ignition switched on, the turn signal may be used to indicate changes of direction. Simply operate the turn signals lever as usual. Meanwhile, the hazard warn- ing lights will go off. When the turn signal lever is returned to the rest posi- tion, the hazard warning lights will be turned on automatically.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
Keep the ignition running to prevent the steering wheel from locking and also to allow the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen wipers and washers.
As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not run- ning, you will need more strength to steer than normally.
The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle.
Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction man- ual for the vehicle to be towed.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sudden manoeuvres.
Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction man- ual for the vehicle to be towed.
271Description of specifications
Technical Data
Description of specifications
Technical specifications
Introduction
The Maintenance Programme vehicle data or the official vehicle documents show which engine is installed in the vehicle.
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic model. The figures indicated here may be different depending on the addi- tional equipment added to the vehicle or the vehicle version, in addition to special vehicles for other markets.
Additional information and warnings:
Transporting page 97
Ecological driving page 138
Fuel page 169
Engine oil page 176
Engine coolant page 180
Wheels and tyres page 201
Notes for the user page 224
WARNING
Failure to observe requirements for weight, loads, dimensions and maxi- mum speed may lead to severe accident.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
272 Description of specifications
Vehicle identification data
Fig. 158 TO: Vehicle da- ta label: in the example, engine with code CBFA
3 . B: Identification plate.
Fig. 159 Vehicle identifi- cation number.
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from out- side the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen fig. 159. This viewer is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identification
number (chassis number) is also stamped on the right water drain channel. The water drain channel is located between the suspension tower and the wing. Open the bonnet to read the vehicle identification number .
Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data label fig. 158 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It contains the following data:
Vehicle identification number (chassis number)
Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type
Engine and gearbox code, paint number, interior equipment. In the ex- ample, the engine has the code CBFA fig. 158.
Optional extras, PR numbers
These data are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.
Specific vehicle weight information
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic model. The vehicle data label in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle documents show which engine is installed in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending on if additional equipment is fitted, for different models and for special vehicles.
Kerb weight values shown in the following table apple for a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liquids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addition to tools and a spare wheel . The kerb weight indicated increases with optional equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing car- rying capacity.
The load is equivalent to the following weights:
1
2
3
4
273Description of specifications
Passengers.
Total equipment.
Roof load, included in the carrier.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised weight and the load on the axles could cause damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injuries.
The real load on the axles should never exceed the maximum permit- ted.
The load and its distribution in the vehicle have effects on the vehicle handling and the braking ability. Always drive at a suitable speed.
CAUTION Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible. When transporting heavy objects in the luggage compartment, these should be placed as far forward as possible or over the rear axle to have as little influence on handling as possible.
Information on fuel consumption
The consumption and emission values indicated do not refer to one specific vehicle. They are only to be used to compare the values of the different ve- hicle versions. The fuel consumption and CO2 emissions of a vehicle not on- ly depend on the effective use of fuel. They also depend on your driving style and other non-technical factors.
Calculation of fuel consumption
Fuel consumption and emission values are determined according to the cur- rent version of the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulation and are valid
for the vehicle kerb weight. The specifications do not refer to an individual vehicle. To measure the fuel consumption, two measuring cycles are carried out on a rolling road test bed. The test criteria are as follows:
Urban cycle Measurement of the urban cycle starts with an engine cold start. City driving is then simulated at between 0 and 50 km/ h (0 and 31 mph).
Road cycle
In the road cycle simulation, the vehicle undergoes frequent acceleration and braking in all gears, as in normal everyday driving. The road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h (0 and 75 mph).
Combined The average combined consumption is calculated with a weighting of around 37 % for the urban cycle and 63 % for the road cycle.
CO2 emis- sions of the combination
The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles to calculate carbon dioxide emissions (urban and road). The gas composition is then analysed to evaluate the CO2 con- tent and other emissions.
Note The kerb weight may vary according to the vehicle equipment. This could raise consumption and the CO2 emissions slightly.
Note In practice, consumption values could be different to the values calculated based on the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulations.
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
274 Description of specifications
Engine specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/ 5000-6000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm3 3/ 999
Fuel 95 super RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h 160
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 14,4
Consumption (litres/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,6/130
Extra-urban cycle 3,9/91
Combined 4,5/105
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 929
Gross front axle weight in kg 551
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.7 litres
275Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 44 (60)/5000
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 92/3000
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm3 3/999
Fuel 95 super RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h 161
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 9,1
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 14,4
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO2 emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5 / 116
Extra-urban cycle 3,6 / 84
Combined 4,1 / 96
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 940
Gross front axle weight in kg 561
Gross rear axle weight in kg 379
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.7 litres
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
276 Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/ 6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/ 3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm3 3/ 999
Fuel 95 super RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h 171
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8,3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 13,2
Consumption (litres/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,9/137
Extra-urban cycle 4/93
Combined 4,7/108
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 929
Gross front axle weight in kg 551
Gross rear axle weight in kg 378
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.7 litres
277Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 CV) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS) rpm 55 (75)/6200
Maximum torque in Nm at rpm 95/3000-4300
No. of cylinders/capacity in cm3 3/999
Fuel 95 super RONa)
a) Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed in km/h 172
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h in sec. 8,3
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h in sec. 13,2
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO2 emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle 5,1 / 118
Extra-urban cycle 3,7 / 86
Combined 4,2 / 98
Weights
Gross vehicle weight in kg 1290
Weight in running order (with driver) in kg 940
Gross front axle weight in kg 561
Gross rear axle weight in kg 379
Permitted roof load in kg 50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change 3.7 litres
Vehicle diagram Prior to a journey... While driving Care, cleaning and mainte- nance
If and when Technical Data
278 Description of specifications
Dimensions
Longitude 3557 mm
Width 1641 1645 mm
Height, unladen 1478 1489 mm
Wheelbase 2420 mm
Turning circle diametera) approx. 9.8 m
Front track widtha) 1412 1428 mm
Rear track widtha) 1408 1424 mm
Ground clearance with maximum au- thorised load
109 mm
a) Depending on the dimensions of the wheel trims and tyres, there may be variations.
CAUTION Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres.
Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.
Capacities
Fuel tank capacity
Petrol engines Around 35.0 l
, of which approximately 4.0 are the reserve.
Index
A Abroad
Extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . 225 Sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
ABS See "Braking assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . 134
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Adjust Headlight range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Adjustment Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73 Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Differences between front passenger airbag
systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Locking the vehicle after airbag deploy-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Air conditioner Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 temporarily switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Aluminium care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Anti-theft locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Anti-theft wheel locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Antitheft bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ASR see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Assistance systems Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 134 electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) 133 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144 Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 134 Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Assist systems Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 134
Audible warnings Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Seat belt not fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . 187
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
279Index
B BAS
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Battery Change in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 See Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Before consulting a specialised workshop . . . 229
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Bonnet Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Bottle capacity Windscreen washer water bottle . . . . . . . . . 94
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brakes Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Emergency brake indicator in case of sud- den braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Running-in brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133
Brake system Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Breakdown Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Bulb fault See changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
C Capacities
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Care See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Care of your vehicle Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36 "Safe" security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Central locking system After airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13 Bottom part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Top part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Changing Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Initial operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 in the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Sea changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Engaging gears (manual gearbox) . . . . . . 125 Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Changing gears Gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Changing the bulbs Side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Changing the wheel After changing the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
280 Index
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Checking Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Checklist Before working in the engine compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 In case of an emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Check list Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Preparations for changing a wheel . . . . . . 242 Raising the vehicle with the jack . . . . . . . . 245
Checklist Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Check list Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Checklist Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77
Check list Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Child safety seat Securing with seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Child seat ISOFIX child seat on rear seats . . . . . . . . . . 80 Mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 On rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 On the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Securing using a Top Tether retaining strap 83
Securing using ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Securing using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77 Weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Disabling the front passenger airbag . . . . . 73
Chromework care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Close Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Closing Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Collection of end-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Compartments Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111 Other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . 112 Passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111 Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . 110
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Consumption How it is determined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
control lamp on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control lamp Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Controlling function Electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
281Index
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Convenience functions Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Coolant See engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Crossing a river Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cruise control system (CCS) Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
D Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Dangers of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . 60
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 199
Data link connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Data stored by the control units . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Detail passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Differential lock See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disposal Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 End-of-life vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Door handle exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Door release lever interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 234
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Drinks bottles see Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Driver door Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driver position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Driving Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Ecological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Economic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Fuel level to low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Driving abroad Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Driving advice Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Driving in winter Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driving tips Driving a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
E Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
EDL See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 232
Electrical consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electrical power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
282 Index
Electric windows Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . . . . 134
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electronic Stabilisation Programme (ESP) . . . 133
Emergency brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . 234 Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Emission control system Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engaging gears Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Engine Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Filler opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 see Electronic stabilisation programme
(ESP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Controlling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
F FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Fault Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144
Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Fault memory Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
First-aid kit Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 see First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Front airbags See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front passenger airbag Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73 See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel consumption Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Why does it increase? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
283Index
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel tank flap close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
G G 12 plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Glove compartment see Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
H Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Headlights Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heating and ventilation system Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 see also Air conditioning system . . . . . . . 158
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . . . . 190
Hill-start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
I Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Ignition See "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Ignition key see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
In case of a breakdown Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
In case of an emergency Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . 231 In case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Protecting yourself and securing the vehi-
cle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Indicator Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 176 Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Initial operations Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
InSP Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Display control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
In the event of an emergency Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
J Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
284 Index
K Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
key see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Key see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Key switch Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73
L Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Controls lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Instruments lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . 87 Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
turning on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Load Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 General tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . 100 Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Locking from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Luggage compartment Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
M Main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Main panel Turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . 85
Malfunction Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 see also Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . . . . 272
mechanical locking locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34 locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36
Mirrors Convenience functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mobile telephone Using without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . 218
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 224
Modifications to the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
N New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
New tyres and wheels About your tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Noises Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
O Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Off road driving Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25
Oil See engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
285Index
On-board tools Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Onboard diagnostic system (ODB) . . . . . . . . . 218
Open Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Opening Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 The rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating fault Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Operating faults Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 225
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Outside temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Overview Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 The driver's side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
P Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 130
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 143 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144 Using high pressure cleaning apparatus . 190
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ParkPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 125
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Portable Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Preparation Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . 182 Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Work in the engine compartment . . . . . . . 173
Preparations before each journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 177 Topping up the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . 177
Principles of physics regarding a frontal colli- sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 194
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
R Radio reception
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 225
Raising the vehicle Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Raising vehicle Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 With a lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Reading the Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Rear backrest Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear head restraints Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 235 see rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 See "Rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
286 Index
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear vision mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Remote control key see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Removing snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Removing wax deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 215 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Retro-fitting Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Running-in Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 First trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Running-in brake pads Also see "Brakes" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Running in Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
S Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
SAFE (immobilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sale of vehicle In other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . 225
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Seat belt status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Adjusting the steering wheel position . . . . 53 Adjust the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 52 Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Fitting the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 53 Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Removing and fitting rear head restraints . 53 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Set Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Side airbags See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Sitting position Incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 44 Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Small window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
287Index
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Socket 12 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Spare key see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Special features Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . 190 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 131, 278 Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Special notes Long parking times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268 Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Starting using an external battery See starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Steering wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Storage compartment Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . 110
Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Symbols see warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Systems ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 134 ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 134 electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) 133 ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144 TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 134 Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
T TC
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Technical data Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Bottle capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . 272 Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Technical information Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
288 Index
Temperature display Liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
The rear lid Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Things to note Disconnecting the vehicle's battery . . . . . . 21 parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144 Water underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 162
Tightening torque Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Before starting out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
tire mobility set Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Tire Mobility Set Check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Tools see Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 267 Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Front tow ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268 Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Trailer coupling Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 77 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Transporting objects Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Tyre pressure Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Tyre repair kit see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . 211
U Unlocking
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Padding cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
V Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Vehicle Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34 locking or unlocking from the inside . . . . . 36 Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Securing in case of a breakdown . . . . . . . 231
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
289Index
Explanation of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Vehicle care Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . 199 Aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . 192 Chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Cleaning compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Cleaning seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Cleaning wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Cleaning windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 192 Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . 194 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Fabric trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . 190 Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . 194 Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 190 Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . 93 Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Vehicle code Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle diagram Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle key assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Vehicle mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle's battery Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . 187 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Checking the electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 185 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Vibrations Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
W Warning lamp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Warning lamps Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 with high pressure cleaning apparatus . . 190
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 242 Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 See "Wheels and tyres" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
290 Index
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 211 storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Storing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . 210 Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Tyres with directional tread pattern . 202, 211 Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Wheel bolts caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Windscreen Heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen washer water Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Windscreen wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wipers Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . 92 Lifting the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen with metal coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windscreen with reflective infrared coating . . . 90
Other Characters "Safe" security system
SAFE lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 SAFELOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
What happens if...? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
291Index
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the Copyright Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.02.12
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEAT recommends Castrol
Portada Prog Manto Mii_interior.indd 3 15/02/12 12:03
In gl
s 1
Related manuals for Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the Mii Seat works, you can view and download the Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Seat Mii as well as other Seat manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Seat Mii. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Seat Mii Edition 01.12 2012 Electric Vehicle Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.